WO2023280047A1 - Communication method and device - Google Patents

Communication method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023280047A1
WO2023280047A1 PCT/CN2022/102869 CN2022102869W WO2023280047A1 WO 2023280047 A1 WO2023280047 A1 WO 2023280047A1 CN 2022102869 W CN2022102869 W CN 2022102869W WO 2023280047 A1 WO2023280047 A1 WO 2023280047A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
domain resource
time domain
time
resource units
value
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/102869
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘云
郭志恒
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202110879228.2A external-priority patent/CN115604834A/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023280047A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023280047A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • transmission block (bransmission block, TB)
  • TB transmission block
  • time slot slot
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • TBoMS a mode of carrying one transmission block over multiple slots
  • the TBoMS contains multiple time slots
  • the existing calculation method cannot be used when calculating the resources occupied by the TBoMS.
  • no solution has been provided for how to calculate the resources occupied by TBoMS. Since the resources occupied by TBoMS cannot be calculated, the TBoMS transmission scheme may not be realized.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device, which are used to provide a manner of calculating resources occupied by TBoMS.
  • a first communication method is provided. This method can be executed by a terminal device, or by a larger device including the terminal device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional module can realize the communication of the terminal device. function, the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in a terminal device.
  • the method includes: receiving first configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resources unit; determine a second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the second time domain resource is occupied by the first transport block to be sent Time-domain resources, the first time-domain resource includes one or more special time-domain resource units, and the first value is the number of sub-time-domain resource units allocated to the PUSCH.
  • the time-domain resources occupied by the first transmission block can be determined according to the first value and the number of uplink time-domain resource units, where the time-domain resources used to send the first transmission block include multiple time-domain resource units, it can be understood that the first transport block is sent in a TBoMS manner. That is to say, the time domain resource occupied by TBoMS can be calculated through the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, so that the TBoMS transmission solution can be implemented.
  • the second time domain resource is determined according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource , including: according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the time-domain resource unit determines the second time-domain resource.
  • the uplink time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource the number of the first time-domain resource, the number of special time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource, and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit
  • Determining the second time domain resource includes: according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit, determine a second value, and the second value is a repetition of the first value times; determining the second time-domain resource according to the first value and the second value.
  • the second value When determining the second time domain resource, the second value may be determined first, and then the second time domain resource is determined according to the first value and the second value. And when determining the second value, the determination result may be a decimal, so that the result is more accurate.
  • the second value when determining the second time-domain resource, the second value may not be used, but directly based on the first value, the number of uplink time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource, and the special The number of time-domain resource units and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit determine the second time-domain resource, and there is no limitation on the calculation process.
  • the first time domain resource includes The number of uplink time domain resource units and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is based on the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource and the first The number of time-domain resource units included in the time-domain resource, and determined according to time-division duplex configuration information and/or first information; or, the number and/or number of uplink time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource Or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is determined according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource; or, the first time domain resource includes The number of uplink time domain resource units and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is based on the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. A certain information.
  • the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource configured by the first configuration information is, for example, the number of first-type time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource.
  • the first type of time domain resource units included in the so-called first time domain resources include all time domain resource units occupied by the first time domain resource from the start time domain position to the end time domain position of the first time domain resource . That is to say, the number of time-domain resource units configured by the first configuration information may be inaccurate, and this embodiment of the present application considers that it cannot be used directly.
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units and/or special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource used by the UE to determine the second time domain resource may be based on the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource and the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource, and determined according to the time-division duplex configuration information and/or the first information, the time-division duplex configuration can be used to determine the downlink time-domain resource unit, and the first information can be used to It is determined that unavailable time domain resource units, downlink time domain resource units and unavailable time domain resource units all need to be excluded, so the number of uplink time domain resource units and/or the number of special time domain resource units determined in this way The number is more accurate.
  • the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource configured by the network device may be the number of the second type of time domain resource units, and the second type of time domain resource units may not include downlink time domain resource units, Then the number of uplink time domain resource units and/or the number of special time domain resource units may also be determined according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. Or, even if the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource configured by the network device is the number of time domain resource units of the second type, the first information may also exist. Therefore, the number of uplink time domain resource units The number and/or the number of special time-domain resource units may also be determined according to the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource and the first information, which can make the determination result more accurate.
  • the fourth alternative implementation manner of the first aspect may be In a selected implementation manner, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special time domain resource unit, or, the The first time domain resource unit is the first uplink time domain resource unit after the special time domain resource unit.
  • the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource configured by the network device may be located in the special time domain resource unit, or may be the first uplink time domain resource unit located after the special time domain resource unit.
  • the UE can change the start time domain position of TBoMS, for example, change the start time domain position of TBoMS to start from the special time domain start within domain resource units so that resources can be fully utilized.
  • a second communication method is provided, and the method can be executed by a network device, or by a larger device including the network device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional modules can implement the network device function, the chip system or functional module is set in a network device, for example.
  • the network device is, for example, an access network device, such as a base station.
  • the method includes: sending first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resources unit; determine a second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the second time domain resource is occupied by the first transport block to be sent Time-domain resources, the first time-domain resource includes one or more special time-domain resource units, and the first value is the number of sub-time-domain resource units allocated to the PUSCH.
  • the network device may also use a method similar to that of the terminal device to determine the second time domain resource.
  • a third communication method is provided, which can be performed by a terminal device, or by a larger device including the terminal device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional modules can realize the communication of the terminal device.
  • the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in a terminal device.
  • the method includes: receiving first configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resources unit, the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource is the number of first-type time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource; according to the initial The time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and according to the time division duplex configuration information and/or the first information, determine the second time domain resource, and the second time domain resource is A time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine an unavailable time domain resource unit in the first time domain resource.
  • the terminal device may re-determine the number of uplink time domain resource units occupied by TBoMS and/or the number of special time domain resource units, The second time domain resource is determined according to the re-determined number of uplink time domain resource units occupied by the TBoMS and/or the number of special time domain resource units, so that the determined second time domain resource is more accurate.
  • the first information is downlink control information, and the downlink control information is used to indicate to cancel part or all of the first time domain resources.
  • Uplink transmission of all time domain resource units or, the downlink control information is used to indicate the time domain resource unit format, and the time domain resource unit format is used to indicate the format of the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource , or, the downlink control information is used to schedule a second transport block to be sent on some or all of the time domain resource units in the first time domain resource, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than that of the first time domain resource A priority of a transmission block; or, the first information is a random access response, and the random access response is used to indicate access rejection.
  • the first information can be used to determine unavailable time-domain resource units, so the second time-domain resource can be determined according to the first information.
  • the first information may also have other implementation methods, which are not specifically limited.
  • a fourth communication method is provided, which can be performed by a network device, or by a larger device including the network device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional modules can realize the communication of the network device.
  • the chip system or functional module is set in a network device, for example.
  • the network device is, for example, an access network device, such as a base station.
  • the method includes: sending first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resources unit, the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource is the number of first-type time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource; according to the initial The time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and according to the time division duplex configuration information and/or the first information, determine the second time domain resource, and the second time domain resource is A time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine an unavailable time domain resource unit in the first time domain resource.
  • the network device may also use a method similar to that of the terminal device to determine the second time domain resource.
  • a fifth communication method is provided. This method can be executed by a terminal device, or by a larger device including the terminal device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional modules can realize the communication of the terminal device. function, the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in a terminal device.
  • the method includes: receiving first configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resources unit, the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is the number of time domain resource units of the second type; determine the second time domain resource unit according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource A time domain resource, or, determine a second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information, and the second time domain resource is occupied by the first transmission block to be sent time-domain resources, wherein the first information is used to determine unavailable time-domain resource units in the first time-domain resources.
  • the terminal device may re-determine the number of uplink time domain resource units occupied by TBoMS and/or the number of special time domain resource units, The second time domain resource is determined according to the re-determined number of uplink time domain resource units occupied by the TBoMS and/or the number of special time domain resource units, so that the determined second time domain resource is more accurate.
  • a sixth communication method is provided. This method can be executed by a network device, or by a larger device including the network device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional modules can realize the communication of the network device. function, the chip system or functional module is set in a network device, for example.
  • the network device is, for example, an access network device, such as a base station.
  • the method includes: sending first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resources unit, the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is the number of time domain resource units of the second type; determine the second time domain resource unit according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource A time domain resource, or, determine a second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information, and the second time domain resource is occupied by the first transmission block to be sent time-domain resources, wherein the first information is used to determine unavailable time-domain resource units in the first time-domain resources.
  • a seventh communication method is provided, which can be performed by a terminal device, or by a larger device including the terminal device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional modules can realize the communication of the terminal device.
  • the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in a terminal device.
  • the method includes: receiving first configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resources unit; determine the second time domain resource occupied by the first transport block to be sent according to the second information and the third value, the second information being the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, or , the second information is a value determined according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, and the third value is greater than 1 .
  • the embodiment of the present application introduces a third value, so that the determined second time-domain resources can be less than the time-domain resources actually occupied by sending the first transport block, and the bearer can be determined according to the determined second time-domain resources
  • the amount of data is relatively small. Therefore, more resources carry less data volume, thereby reducing the code rate of data sent by the TBoMS and improving the coverage of the TBoMS.
  • an eighth communication method is provided, which can be performed by a network device, or by a larger device including the network device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional modules can realize the communication of the network device.
  • the chip system or functional module is set in a network device, for example.
  • the network device is, for example, an access network device, such as a base station.
  • the method includes: sending first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resources unit; determine the second time domain resource occupied by the first transport block to be sent according to the second information and the third value, the second information being the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, or , the second information is a value determined according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, and the third value is greater than 1 .
  • the network device may also use a method similar to that of the terminal device to determine the second time domain resource.
  • a communication device may be the terminal device described in any one of the first to eighth aspects above.
  • the communication device has the functions of the terminal device described above.
  • the communication device is, for example, a terminal device, or a functional module in the terminal device, such as a baseband device or a chip system.
  • the communication device includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit (also called a processing module sometimes) and a transceiver unit (also called a transceiver module sometimes).
  • the transceiver unit can realize the sending function and the receiving function. When the transceiver unit realizes the sending function, it can be called the sending unit (sometimes also called the sending module).
  • the transceiver unit When the transceiver unit realizes the receiving function, it can be called the receiving unit (sometimes also called receiving module).
  • the sending unit and the receiving unit can be the same functional module, which is called the transceiver unit, and this functional module can realize the sending function and the receiving function; or, the sending unit and the receiving unit can be different functional modules, and the transceiver unit is for these A general term for functional modules.
  • the communication device further includes a storage unit, and the processing unit is configured to be coupled to the storage unit, and execute programs or instructions in the storage unit to enable the communication device to Execute the function of the terminal device described in any one of the first to eighth aspects above.
  • a communication device is provided.
  • the communication device may be the network device described in any one of the first to eighth aspects above.
  • the communication device has the functions of the above-mentioned network device.
  • the communication device is, for example, a network device, or a functional module in the network device, such as a baseband device or a chip system.
  • the communication device includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit (also called a processing module sometimes) and a transceiver unit (also called a transceiver module sometimes).
  • a processing unit also called a processing module sometimes
  • a transceiver unit also called a transceiver module sometimes
  • the communication device further includes a storage unit, and the processing unit is configured to be coupled to the storage unit, and execute programs or instructions in the storage unit to enable the communication device to Execute the function of the network device described in any one of the first to eighth aspects above.
  • a communication system in an eleventh aspect, includes the communication device described in the ninth aspect and the communication device described in the tenth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store computer programs or instructions, and when it is executed, the method performed by the terminal device or network device in the above aspects is executed accomplish.
  • a computer program product containing instructions which enables the methods described in the above aspects to be implemented when it is run on a computer.
  • an apparatus including a unit for performing the method described in any embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a structure of TBoMS
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a flow chart of the first communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a second communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 5A-5B are two schematic diagrams of the UE determining the time slot actually occupied by the TBoMS according to the second communication method in the embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a third communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 7A to 7B are two schematic diagrams of the UE determining the time slot actually occupied by the TBoMS according to the third communication method in the embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a fourth communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device is, for example, a terminal device, or a functional module (such as a chip system, or a communication chip) set in the terminal device, or it may be a component or component with the function of the terminal device, or it may include Larger devices for end devices.
  • a terminal device is a device with a wireless transceiver function, which can be a fixed device, a mobile device, a handheld device (such as a mobile phone), a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted device, a roadside unit (RSU), or built into the above-mentioned devices Wireless devices in (for example, communication modules, modems, or circuit systems, etc.).
  • the terminal device is used to connect people, things, machines, etc., and can be widely used in various scenarios, including but not limited to the following scenarios: cellular communication, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D), car-to-everything (vehicle to everything, V2X), machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (machine-to-machine/machine-type communications, M2M/MTC), Internet of things (Internet of things, IoT), virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) , augmented reality (augmented reality, AR), industrial control (industrial control), unmanned driving (self driving), telemedicine (remote medical), smart grid (smart grid), smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation , Terminal equipment for smart cities, drones, robots and other scenarios.
  • cellular communication device-to-device communication
  • D2D device-to-device, D2D
  • car-to-everything vehicle to everything
  • V2X machine-to-machine/mach
  • the terminal equipment may sometimes be referred to as user equipment (user equipment, UE), terminal, access station, UE station, remote station, wireless communication device, or user device, etc.
  • user equipment user equipment
  • UE user equipment
  • access station UE station
  • remote station wireless communication device
  • wireless communication device or user device, etc.
  • UE is taken as an example of a communication device for description.
  • the network devices in the embodiments of the present application include, for example, access network devices and/or core network devices.
  • the access network device is a device with a wireless transceiver function, and is used for communicating with the terminal device.
  • the access network equipment includes, but is not limited to, the base transceiver station (BTS), Node B (Node B), evolved Node B (eNodeB/eNB, or gNodeB/gNB), and a transmission reception point (transmission reception point) in the above-mentioned communication system.
  • BTS base transceiver station
  • Node B Node B
  • eNodeB/eNB evolved Node B
  • gNodeB/gNB gNodeB/gNB
  • TRP base transceiver station
  • 3rd generation partnership project 3rd generation partnership project
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project subsequent evolution base station
  • wireless fidelity wireless fidelity
  • WiFi wireless fidelity
  • the base station may be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a small station, a relay station, and the like. Multiple base stations may support the aforementioned networks of the same access technology, or may support the aforementioned networks of different access technologies.
  • a base station may contain one or more co-sited or non-co-sited transmission and reception points.
  • the network device may also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU), and/or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario.
  • Network devices can also be servers, wearable devices, or vehicle-mounted devices, RSUs, etc.
  • the base station is used as an example for the access network device to be described.
  • the multiple network devices in the communication system may be base stations of the same type, or base stations of different types.
  • the base station can communicate with the terminal equipment, and can also communicate with the terminal equipment through the relay station.
  • a terminal device can communicate with multiple base stations in different access technologies.
  • the core network equipment is used to implement functions such as mobility management, data processing, session management, policy and charging.
  • the names of devices implementing core network functions in systems with different access technologies may be different, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the core network equipment includes: access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF), session management function (session management function, SMF), or user plane function (user plane function, UPF) Wait.
  • the communication device for realizing the function of the network device may be a network device, or a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the network device.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described by taking the network device as an example for realizing the functions of the network devices.
  • TBoMS that is, to carry a transport block (actually a coded transport block) on resources of multiple time slots, the purpose is to integrate resources on multiple time slots, and use a lower transmission block when sending the transport block. Bit rate, thereby improving coverage.
  • TBoMS further has a lower transmission granularity, which is called TBoMS transmission occasion (transmission occasion of TBoMS, ToT), that is, a ToT is understood as a transmission opportunity of TBoMS.
  • a TBoMS can include one or more ToTs, and a ToT only includes continuous uplink transmissions.
  • Continuous uplink transmission can be understood as including two or more continuous uplink time slots, or including one special time slot plus one or more continuous uplink time slots, and the special time slot and uplink time slot are also continuous.
  • FIG. 1 which is a schematic diagram of TBoMS and ToT.
  • TBoMS includes two ToTs, wherein the first ToT includes a special time slot plus an uplink time slot, and the second ToT includes a special time slot plus two uplink time slots.
  • nouns for the number of nouns, unless otherwise specified, it means “singular noun or plural noun", that is, “one or more". “At least one” means one or more, and “plurality” means two or more. "And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character “/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or” relationship. For example, A/B means: A or B. “At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • At least one item (piece) of a, b, or c means: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a and b and c, where a, b, c Can be single or multiple.
  • step S301 may occur before step S302, or may occur after step S302, or may occur simultaneously with step S302.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to the fourth generation mobile communication technology (the 4th generation, 4G) system, such as the long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, or can be applied to the 5G system, such as the new wireless (new radio, NR) system, or may also be applied to a next-generation mobile communication system or other similar communication systems, without specific limitations.
  • the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application may be applied to a device-to-device (device-to-device, D2D) scenario, such as an NR-D2D scenario, or may be applied to a V2X scenario, such as an NR-V2X scenario.
  • both communication parties may be UEs.
  • the communication parties are a network device and a UE.
  • FIG. 2 is an application scenario of the embodiment of this application.
  • network equipment and UE are included.
  • the network device works, for example, in an evolved universal mobile telecommunications system terrestrial radio access (evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access, E-UTRA) system, or in an NR system. End devices are able to communicate with the network device.
  • E-UTRA evolved universal mobile telecommunications system terrestrial radio access
  • the network device in FIG. 2 is, for example, a base station.
  • the network equipment corresponds to different equipment in different systems, for example, in the 4G system, it may correspond to eNB, and in the 5G system, it may correspond to the network equipment in 5G, such as gNB.
  • the network equipment can also be a mixed networking equipment of LTE network equipment and NR network equipment, and form a mixed radio-dual connectivity (MR-DC) with terminal equipment.
  • MR-DC mixed radio-dual connectivity
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to future mobile communication systems, so the network equipment in Figure 2 can also correspond to network equipment in future mobile communication systems.
  • the network device is a base station as an example.
  • the network device may also be a device such as an RSU.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a first communication method, please refer to FIG. 3 , which is a flow chart of the method.
  • FIG. 3 is a flow chart of the method.
  • the terminal device described below is, for example, a terminal device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 2
  • the first network device described below is, for example, a network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the network device sends first configuration information to the UE.
  • the UE receives first configuration information from the network device.
  • the first configuration information may configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource.
  • the first time domain resource is, for example, the time domain resource used by the UE to send a transport block to be transmitted (for example, called the first transport block) to the network device, but the first time domain resource may not be actually used by the UE to send the first transport block.
  • the time domain resource that is, the first time domain resource is only configured by the network device, but the UE may further determine the time domain resource actually used for sending the first transport block.
  • the first time domain resource includes multiple time domain resource units. Types of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource include, for example, one or more of uplink time domain resource units, special time domain resource units, or downlink time domain resource units.
  • the first transport block can occupy the uplink time domain resource unit and some sub-time domain resource units in the special time domain resource unit.
  • the time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource indicated by the first configuration information may be occupied by the first transport block, or the first transport block may only occupy part of the time-domain resource units. .
  • the time-domain resource unit is, for example, a subframe (subframe), a time slot, a mini-slot (mini-slot), or an OFDM symbol (also referred to as a symbol (symbol) for short).
  • this transmission mode can be regarded as a TBoMS mode.
  • the embodiments of the present application will also refer to concepts such as special time-domain resource units, uplink time-domain resource units, downlink time-domain resource units, and sub-time-domain resource units.
  • the time domain resource unit, the uplink time domain resource unit, the downlink time domain resource unit and the special time domain resource unit are the same type of time unit.
  • the time domain resource unit is a time slot
  • the special time domain resource unit is a special time slot
  • the time domain resource unit is an uplink time slot
  • the downlink time domain resource unit is a downlink time slot.
  • the sub-time-domain resource units are obtained by further dividing the time-domain resource units.
  • a time-domain resource unit may include one or more sub-time-domain resource units. For example, if the time-domain resource unit is a subframe, the sub-time-domain resource unit is, for example, a time slot, mini-slot, or symbol; for another example, if the time-domain resource unit is a time slot, the sub-time-domain resource unit is, for example, a symbol.
  • the time domain resource unit is a time slot
  • the special time domain resource unit is a special time slot
  • the uplink time domain resource unit is an uplink time slot.
  • the downlink time domain resource unit is a downlink time slot
  • the sub-time domain resource unit is a symbol
  • the transmission mode is TBoMS as an example. That is to say, the time slots described in the embodiments of this application and the following embodiments can be replaced by time domain resource units, special time slots can be replaced by special time domain resource units, and uplink time slots can be replaced by uplink time domain resource units.
  • Both the time-domain resource unit and the downlink time slot can be replaced with downlink time-domain resource units, and the symbols can be replaced with sub-time-domain resource units.
  • the first configuration information may also configure the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • the first configuration information does not need to configure the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • the network device will also send scheduling signaling to the UE, where the scheduling signaling is, for example, downlink control information (DCI), or other signaling.
  • the scheduling signaling may schedule the first transport block.
  • the UE can determine that the first transmission block needs to be sent when the first duration from the time slot receiving the scheduling signaling arrives.
  • the first duration is the time interval between the UE receiving the scheduling signaling and sending the transmission block, which is known to the UE . That is to say, the UE can determine the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource according to the time when the scheduling signaling is received, without first configuration information configuration.
  • the network device sends radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling to the UE, where the RRC signaling may indicate multiple configuration information, and the first configuration information is one of them.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • Each piece of configuration information in the plurality of configuration information may indicate the number of time slots included in the time domain resource, and optionally, may also indicate the initial time domain position of the time domain resource.
  • the starting time domain position of the time domain resource may be the number of a symbol in a time slot, where the time slot is the starting time slot of the time domain resource, and the symbol is the starting symbol of the time domain resource.
  • the time domain resources indicated by different configuration information include the same or different numbers of time slots, and/or the time domain resources indicated by different configuration information have the same or different starting time domain positions.
  • TDRA time domain resource allocation
  • TDRA time domain resource allocation
  • TDRA time domain resource allocation
  • TDRA is presented in the form of a table or multiple entries. If presented in a table form, each row of the table is It can be understood as a piece of configuration information. If it is presented in the form of multiple entries, each entry can be understood as a piece of configuration information. Alternatively, multiple pieces of configuration information may also be presented in other forms in the RRC signaling.
  • the network device may also send first signaling to the UE.
  • the first signaling is, for example, dynamic signaling, such as DCI.
  • the first signaling may indicate the first configuration information.
  • the first signaling and the scheduling signaling may be the same signaling, or may be different signaling. That is to say, the RRC signaling may include a plurality of configuration information, and the first configuration information is indicated through the first signaling, so that the UE can clearly determine that the first configuration information needs to be applied.
  • the first configuration information in S301 may be considered to be included in the RRC signaling, or may be considered to be included in the first signaling.
  • the RRC signaling only includes the first configuration information and does not include other configuration information. If this is the case, the network device may not have to send the first signaling to the UE. At this point, the first configuration information in S301 may be considered to be included in the RRC signaling.
  • RRC signaling may also be replaced with other types of signaling, such as media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) and so on.
  • media access control media access control
  • CE control element
  • TBoMS may occupy a special time slot, which can include uplink symbols, downlink symbols and flexible symbols, and symbols that can be used to send uplink information include uplink symbols and some flexible symbols (for example, this part of flexible symbols is a special time slot Among all the flexible symbols included in the time slot, the remaining flexible symbols except the flexible symbols used for uplink and downlink conversion), that is to say, not all the symbols in the special time slot can be used to send uplink information. Therefore, if TBoMS occupies a special time slot, to determine the time domain resource occupied by TBoMS, or to determine the time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block, it is necessary to know how many symbols the first transmission block occupies in the special time slot .
  • the first configuration information may further configure the number of symbols occupied by the first time domain resource in the special time slot. It can be understood that the first configuration information can also configure the number of symbols used to carry the TBoMS in the special time slot, or in other words, the first configuration information can also configure the number of symbols used to carry the first transport block in the special time slot. number. For example, the number of symbols used to bear the TBoMS in the special time slot configured by the first configuration information is the first number.
  • the first quantity configured in the first configuration information may be the number of symbols occupied in the first special time slot included in the first ToT in the time domain in the TBoMS number, or, the first number configured in the first configuration information may also be the number of symbols occupied in any special time slot in the TBoMS.
  • the first configuration information may not configure the first number, and the first number may be determined by the UE itself.
  • the first number is the number of symbols occupied in the special time slot included in the first ToT in the time domain in the TBoMS, and the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in the first time slot, for example.
  • a time slot may be a special time slot included in a ToT in the internal time domain of TBoMS, and the UE can determine the first number according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • the UE can still determine the number of symbols occupied by the TBoMS in the special time slot (understood at this time, if according to the first configuration information, Then TBoMS does not occupy any symbols in this special time slot, but UE can move forward the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource by itself, so that TBoMS occupies one or more symbols in this special time slot, or That is, the initial time domain position of the TBoMS is changed to be located in the special time slot, so as to make full use of resources), and this number is also the first number.
  • the first quantity at this time includes all uplink symbols in the special time slot, and the remaining flexible symbols in the special time slot except the flexible symbols used for uplink and downlink conversion.
  • the UE determines the time domain resources occupied by TBoMS, it also includes the special time slots not indicated by the network equipment into the calculation process. It will be used. If TBoMS is not used for transmission, it is not necessary to use this method to determine the time domain resources occupied by transmission. Therefore, this calculation method does not affect the existing non-TBoMS method of determining time domain resources.
  • the UE determines a second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. In other words, the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units occupied by the TBoMS (or, first transport block).
  • the second time-domain resource is a time-domain resource occupied by a transport block (for example, called a first transport block) to be sent by the UE.
  • the UE determines the time domain resources (that is, the second time domain resources) occupied by the TBoMS according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units occupied by the TBoMS.
  • the first time domain resource here refers to the time domain resource indicated by the first configuration information, or if the UE moves forward the initial time domain position according to the method described in the preceding steps, the first time domain resource here refers to The time domain resources occupied by the TBoMS after the UE moves its initial time domain position.
  • the first time-domain resource may be generally understood as the time-domain resource configured by the network device for sending the first transport block.
  • the second time-domain resource is the time-domain resource used by the UE to send the first transport block.
  • the first time-domain resource and the second time-domain resource may be the same time-domain resource, or may be different or not completely the same time-domain resource. resource.
  • the first value is expressed by L, for example, L is understood as the number of sub-time domain resource units allocated to a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH).
  • the first value may be configured through first configuration information, or the first value may also be predefined through a protocol, or preconfigured in the network device and the UE.
  • the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource configured by the first configuration information can also be understood as the number of repetitions of the first value configured by the first configuration information.
  • the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units occupied by the TBoMS.
  • the UE determines the second time domain resource according to L, the number of uplink time slots included in the first time domain resource (or more precisely, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS), the number of special time slots included in the first time domain resource (or more precisely, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS) , and the first quantity, determine a second time domain resource.
  • the first value is 14, or other values, such as positive integers smaller than 14.
  • the UE determines the range of time slots occupied by the TBoMS according to the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource indicated by the first configuration information, and/or according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, or the The range of time domain resources, so that the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS and the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS can be determined.
  • the UE determines the time slot occupied by the first ToT of the TBoMS according to the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource indicated by the first configuration information, and/or according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource range, or the range of the first ToT of the time domain resource, so that the number of uplink time slots occupied by the ToT and the number of special time slots occupied by the ToT can be determined.
  • the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS of the domain resource may refer to the number of uplink time slots occupied by the ToT, and the number of special time slots used to determine the TBoMS of the second time domain resource may refer to the number of uplink time slots occupied by the ToT.
  • the number of special time slots may refer to the number of uplink time slots occupied by the ToT.
  • the range of the first time domain resource can be determined, or in other words, the initial time domain position and the end time domain position of the first time domain resource can be determined, and the unit of the determined end time domain position at this time can be Symbols can also be slots.
  • the UE can determine the uplink time slots and special time slots actually included in the range.
  • the TDD configuration can indicate the allocation proportions of uplink time slots, downlink time slots, and special time slots.
  • the number of uplink time slots involved in determining the second time domain resource in this embodiment of the application does not necessarily refer to the actual uplink time slots , but refers to the uplink time slot in which the number of symbols occupied by the TBoMS is greater than or equal to L.
  • the UE determines that the range actually includes 3 uplink time slots, the starting time domain position of TBoMS is located in the first uplink time slot of the 3 uplink time slots, and TBoMS only occupies the first uplink time slot.
  • the number of symbols occupied by TBoMS in the first uplink time slot is less than L, while in the other two uplink time slots, the number of symbols occupied by TBoMS is greater than or equal to L.
  • the UE may determine that the number of uplink time slots participating in the determination of resources in the second time domain is 2 instead of 3, that is, the first uplink time slot is not considered as participating in the determination of resources in the second time domain.
  • the uplink time slot of the resource is 2 instead of 3, that is, the first uplink time slot is not considered as participating in the determination of resources in the second time domain.
  • the number of special time slots involved in determining the second time domain resource that is, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS, does not necessarily refer to the actual special time slots, but refers to the number of special time slots in which TBoMS The number of symbols occupied is less than L uplink time slots.
  • the UE determines that the range actually includes 3 uplink time slots and 1 special time slot, the starting time domain position of TBoMS is located in the first uplink time slot of these 3 uplink time slots, and TBoMS only occupies For example, the number of symbols occupied by TBoMS in the first uplink time slot is less than L, while in the other two uplink time slots, the number of symbols occupied by TBoMS is greater than or equal to L. In addition, the number of symbols occupied by TBoMS in this special time slot is less than L.
  • the UE may determine that the number of special time slots involved in determining resources in the second time domain is 2 instead of 1, that is, the first uplink time slot is not considered as participating in determining the resources in the second time domain.
  • the uplink time slot of the resource is regarded as a special time slot participating in determining the second time domain resource. That is to say, in this embodiment of the application, the number of uplink time slots and the number of special time slots applicable to the UE when determining the second time domain resource occupied by the first transport block are based on the TBoMS in the corresponding time slot The number of symbols occupied is determined, and does not necessarily refer to the real uplink time slot or special time slot.
  • the number of uplink time slots included in the first time domain resource (or more precisely, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS), and the number of special time slots included in the first time domain resource
  • the number of (or more precisely, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS), and the first number determine the second time domain resource, for example, one way is, UE according to L, the uplink time slot occupied by TBoMS
  • the number of L, the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS, and the first number determine the second value, and then determine the second time domain resource according to L and the second value.
  • the second value is, for example, the number of repetitions of L.
  • the UE can also directly determine the second time domain resource according to L, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS, and the first number, without going through The process of determining the second value.
  • the process that needs to determine the second value is described below.
  • the second value is represented by K
  • the UE determines the second value according to L, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS, and the first number, for example, a determination method is as follows:
  • M represents the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS
  • N represents the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS
  • the first number is the number of symbols used to bear the TBoMS in the special time slot.
  • the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value, for example, a determination method is:
  • Q represents the second time domain resource, and it can be understood that Q represents the number of symbols included in the second time domain resource.
  • L 10
  • the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS is 3
  • the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS is 5
  • formula 1 when calculating according to formula 1, the first quantity/L may obtain an indivisible value, so the process of rounding up or rounding down can be additionally added, that is to say, formula 1 can Further updated to:
  • Equation 1 can be further updated as:
  • rounding up or rounding down can be determined by the UE itself, or configured by a network device, or predefined by a protocol.
  • Equation 3 and Equation 4 take the rounding of K as an example.
  • K for example, it can be calculated by formula 1
  • formula 1 can be used when calculating K
  • modified formula 2 can be used when calculating Q.
  • the modified formula 2 for example
  • the modified Equation 2 is, for example,
  • the UE determines the second time domain resource according to L, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS, and the first number.
  • the number of occupied uplink time slots, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS, and the first number determine a second value, and then determine a second time domain resource according to L and the second value. In this manner, the UE does not need to use L when determining the second value, which can reduce the number of parameters on which the second value depends.
  • the UE can also directly determine the second time domain resource according to the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS, and the first number, without going through the process of determining the second time domain resource. value process. The process that needs to determine the second value is described below.
  • the second value is represented by K
  • the UE determines the second value according to the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS, and the first number.
  • a determination method is as follows:
  • M represents the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS
  • N represents the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS
  • the first number is the number of symbols used to bear the TBoMS in the special time slot.
  • This constant is predefined for a protocol, or pre-configured for a network device, for example.
  • the constant in Formula 5 can also be understood as a constant b, and the value of the constant b in Formula 5 is 14 as an example, or the constant b can also have other values.
  • the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value, and the determination method may continue to refer to Formula 2.
  • Equation 5 can be further updated as:
  • rounding up or rounding down can be determined by the UE itself, or configured by a network device, or predefined by a protocol.
  • Equation 6 and Equation 7 take the rounding of K as an example.
  • K it is not necessary to round when calculating K (for example, it can be calculated by formula 5), but it can be rounded when calculating Q.
  • formula 5 can be used when calculating K
  • modified formula 2 can be used when calculating Q.
  • the modified formula 2 can refer to the previous introduction.
  • the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS. Another way is: the UE determines the second time domain resource according to L and the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS. Domain resources.
  • the first value is 14, or other values, such as positive integers smaller than 14.
  • TBoMS may or may not occupy special time slots. No matter whether TBoMS occupies special time slots or not, when determining the second time domain resources, special time slots are not included in the calculation process.
  • the number of time slots only needs to determine the second time domain resources.
  • the second time domain resources determined in this manner may be less than the time domain resources actually occupied by the first transport block, so the amount of data that can be carried determined according to such second time domain resources is small, and
  • the first transmission block actually occupies more time-domain resources, so more time-domain resources only need to carry a smaller amount of data, so the code rate of the first transmission block can be reduced.
  • the UE determines the second time domain resource according to L and the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS; or, the UE determines the second time domain resource according to L and the first time domain The number of time slots capable of carrying L symbols in the resource determines the second time domain resource.
  • the determination method of the second time domain resource can refer to formula 2.
  • K in formula 2 indicates the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS, or indicates that L symbols can be carried in the first time domain resource The number of time slots.
  • L can be greater than 14, or it can be understood that L is the number of symbols occupied by TBoMS in multiple time slots occupied, Alternatively, L is the number of symbols occupied by the first ToT of the TBoMS in the multiple time slots occupied. In this case, L includes the number of symbols occupied by the TBoMS in one or more slots.
  • the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS can no longer be considered, but The number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS (or the number of time slots capable of carrying L symbols in the first time domain resource) may be considered.
  • This implementation can also be understood as that the resources occupied by TBoMS in a special time slot (for example, the number of symbols occupied by TBoMS in a special time slot) will be included in the determination process of the second time domain resource, and the number of special time slots It is not included in the determination process of the second time domain resource.
  • K can be the first ToT of TBoMS including The number of consecutive uplink time slots; or, if the time domain resource occupied by TBoMS is to be calculated, K may be the total number of uplink time slots included in TBoMS.
  • TBoMS occupies a special time slot
  • the network device has not configured the frequency domain resources used to transmit the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) in the special time slot, or the network device has not configured the special
  • the frequency domain resource used to transmit the first transport block in the time slot then the frequency domain resource used to transmit PUSCH in the special time slot occupied by TBoMS is the same as the frequency domain resource corresponding to the first symbol of the uplink time slot.
  • the time slot is the next time slot after the special time slot, and the first symbol of the uplink time slot is also occupied by TBoMS.
  • the first symbol in the special time slot and the uplink time slot continuous with the special time slot can be in the same frequency domain position, which is convenient for combining the special time slot and the uplink time slot continuous with the special time slot.
  • the DMRS carried by the slot performs channel estimation.
  • the UE may also determine the resource element (resource element, RE) occupied by the TBoMS according to factors such as the second time domain resource and the frequency domain resource occupied by the TBoMS , so that the first transport block is sent through the determined RE. This process will not be described in detail here and below.
  • RE resource element
  • a method for determining the time domain resources occupied by the TBoMS under the condition that the TBoMS occupies a special time slot is given, so that the TBoMS mode can be implemented.
  • the calculation result can be a decimal, so that the calculation result is more accurate.
  • the number of special time slots may not be involved in the calculation, thereby simplifying the calculation process.
  • the network device can configure the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource, which may cause a problem that the time slots included in the first time domain resource configured by the network device
  • the number of slots may not necessarily be the number of time slots actually occupied by TBoMS.
  • the number of time slots configured by the network device may include downlink time slots. If the UE determines the number of time slots based on the number of time slots configured by the network device The second time domain resource may lead to an inaccurate determination result of the UE. For this reason, the embodiment of the present application provides a second communication method. By this method, even if the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource configured by the network device is inaccurate, the time domain resource determined by the UE to be occupied by the TBoMS can also be More accurate.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of the method.
  • the network device sends first configuration information to the UE.
  • the UE receives first configuration information from the network device.
  • the first configuration information may configure the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource.
  • the first time domain resource is, for example, a time domain resource used by the UE to send a transport block to be transmitted (for example, called a first transport block) to the network device, and the first time domain resource includes multiple time slots.
  • the first configuration information may also configure the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • the first configuration information does not need to configure the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, and the UE may determine the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource according to the scheduling signaling. For this, reference may be made to the S301 of the embodiment.
  • the number of time slots included in the first time-domain resource configured by the first configuration information is, for example, the number of first-type time slots included in the first time-domain resource.
  • the first type of time slots included in the so-called first time domain resource includes all time slots occupied by the first time domain resource from the start time domain position to the end time domain position of the first time domain resource, for example, includes
  • the first time domain resource is N consecutive time slots starting from the initial time domain position, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the first type of time slot included in the first time domain resource may include one or more of uplink time slots, special time slots or downlink time slots.
  • the start time domain position of the first time domain resource, and the end time domain position of the first time domain resource all time slots spanned by the first time domain resource can be determined.
  • the downlink time slot may be included in the slot, and the UE cannot occupy the downlink time slot when sending the first transport block, but the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource configured by the network device will still be included in the downlink time slot. That is to say, the number of time slots that TBoMS can actually occupy may be less than or equal to the number of time slots configured in the first configuration information, that is, the number of time slots configured in the first configuration information may be inaccurate Yes, the embodiment of this application considers that it cannot be used directly.
  • S401 For more details about S401, refer to S301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the UE determines according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource and the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource, and according to TDD configuration information (for example, TDD configuration) and/or first information Second time domain resource.
  • TDD configuration information for example, TDD configuration
  • first information Second time domain resource for example, TDD configuration
  • the UE can determine the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, the TDD ratio, and the number of time slots included in the first time domain unit configured in the first configuration information.
  • the number, and the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS can be determined with reference to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the UE then determines the second time domain according to the first value, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS, and the number of symbols used to carry the first transport block in the special time slot resource.
  • the UE may determine the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, the TDD configuration, and the number of time slots included in the first time domain unit configured in the first configuration information. number, the UE determines the second time-domain resource according to the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS according to the first value.
  • the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 reference may be made to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource indicated by the first configuration information is 4.
  • the configured number of time slots included in the time domain unit determines that the 4 time slots include one uplink time slot, two downlink time slots, and one special time slot. Then the UE determines that these two downlink time slots cannot be used as actually included time slots, so the UE can determine that the number of uplink time slots included in the first time domain resource is 1, and the number of special time slots included in the first time domain resource The number is 1.
  • the UE can further determine the second time domain resource according to the method introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the abandonment criteria can be used to determine unavailable time slots in time domain resources.
  • some symbols can be excluded according to the abandonment criterion, that is, the abandonment criterion can be used to determine the unavailable symbols in the time domain resources.
  • the abandonment criterion is used to determine the unavailable slots in the time domain resources as an example.
  • a waiver criterion is that the network device sends the first information, for example, the network device sends the first information before the start time domain position of the first time domain resource used to transmit the first transport block, and the first information may indicate one or Multiple time slots are unavailable, or the first information does not directly indicate that one or more time slots are unavailable, but the UE can determine that the TBoMS cannot occupy the one or more time slots according to the first information. After receiving the first information, the UE can determine that some time slots are unavailable, and these time slots may include one or more of uplink time slots, downlink time slots, or special time slots.
  • the UE can configure the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, the TDD ratio, the abandonment criterion, and the first configuration information , the number of uplink time slots included in the first time domain resource and the number of special time slots included in the first time domain resource may be determined. For the determination method, refer to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the UE may configure the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, the TDD ratio, the abandonment criterion, and the first configuration information
  • the number of uplink time slots included in the first time domain resource may be determined, and the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time slots included in the first time domain resource.
  • the first information is, for example, dynamic signaling.
  • the dynamic signaling may be used to indicate the cancellation of uplink transmission of some or all time slots (or symbols) in the first time domain resource, or in other words, the dynamic signaling indicates the cancellation of one or more time slots (or, symbols), the one or more time slots (or, symbols) cannot be used for TBoMS.
  • the dynamic signaling may be used to schedule sending of the second transport block on some or all time slots (or symbols) included in the first time domain resource, or in other words, the dynamic signaling may be used to schedule one or more time slots (or, symbols) for uplink transmission, and the transmission is the second transport block except the first transport block, then the one or more time slots (or, symbols) cannot be used for TBoMS; or, the The dynamic signaling may be used to schedule the sending of the second transport block on some or all of the time slots (or symbols) included in the first time domain resource, uplink transmission of one or more time slots (or symbols), and the transmitted is the second transport block except the first transport block, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than that of the first transport block, then the one or more time slots (or symbols) cannot be used for TBoMS.
  • the dynamic signaling may indicate a time slot format
  • the time slot format may indicate the format of the time slots included in the first time domain resource
  • the time slot format may indicate various types of time slots included in the first time domain resource (including one or more of uplink time slots, downlink time slots or special time slots), and can also indicate the use of flexible symbols in special time slots, for example, indicating that flexible symbols in special time slots are used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission
  • the time slot format may indicate the use of various types of time slots included in the first time domain resource, for example, for uplink transmission or downlink transmission
  • the time slot format may indicate the various types of time slots included in a time slot Symbol positions where symbols (including one or more of downlink symbols, flexible symbols, or uplink symbols) are respectively located.
  • the time slot format indicates that some or all of the flexible symbols in one or more special time slots that should be occupied by TBoMS are used as downlink symbols, then TBoMS can no longer occupy these flexible symbols.
  • Dynamic signaling is considered a form of waiver criteria.
  • the dynamic signaling is, for example, downlink control information (DCI) or cancellation indication (cancellation indication, CI), or other types of dynamic signaling.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • CI cancellation indication
  • CI cancellation indication
  • the first information is, for example, a random access response (random access response, RAR).
  • RAR random access response
  • the UE obviously cannot send the first transport block on the next time domain resource, so the first information is regarded as a kind of abandonment criterion.
  • the discarding criterion as the first information as an example (S402 is also taken as an example), where T1 indicates the moment when the network device sends the first information, and the time included in the first time domain resource indicated by the first configuration information
  • the number of slots is 4, and the UE determines the 4 time slots according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, the TDD ratio, and the number of time slots included in the time domain unit configured in the first configuration information.
  • the slots include one special time slot, two uplink time slots, and one downlink time slot. Then the UE determines that this downlink time slot cannot be used as a time slot actually occupied by the TBoMS.
  • the first information indicates, for example, that the second uplink time slot of the two uplink time slots is unavailable, and then the UE determines according to the first information that the second uplink time slot cannot be used as a time slot actually occupied by the TBoMS. In this way, the UE may determine that the number of uplink time slots included in the first time domain resource is 1, and the number of special time slots included in the first time domain resource is 1.
  • the UE can further determine the second time domain resource according to the method introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the renunciation criterion may also have other implementation forms.
  • the abandonment criterion may also be a PUCCH used to schedule uplink control information, and the uplink control information scheduled by the PUCCH needs to occupy part or all of the time slots (or symbols) included in the first time domain resource, then TBoMS can no longer occupy these time slot (or, symbol), so the PUCCH is regarded as a discard criterion.
  • the uplink control information scheduled by the PUCCH needs to occupy part or all of the time slots (or symbols) included in the first time domain resource, and the priority of the uplink control information is higher than the priority of the first transport block.
  • TBoMS can no longer occupy these time slots (or symbols), so the PUCCH is regarded as a abandonment criterion; and if the priority of the uplink control information is lower than the priority of the first transport block, TBoMS can still continue These slots (or, symbols) are occupied, in which case the PUCCH may not be considered as a dropout criterion.
  • the available resources of the TBoMS will be reduced, which may affect the transmission quality of the TBoMS. Therefore, in order to further ensure the number of resources when transmitting TBoMS, it can be stipulated that when scheduling TBoMS, the UE does not expect the dynamic signaling of the network equipment to make the uplink time slot and/or special time within the range of TBoMS or the first ToT range of TBoMS The slot is not available, or the UE does not expect dynamic signaling so that the TBoMS cannot be transmitted in the available time slot where the TBoMS is located.
  • the UE does not expect the dynamic signaling of the network equipment after the first moment to make the uplink time slots and/or special time slots within the TBoMS range or within the first ToT range of the TBoMS unavailable, or, The UE does not expect the dynamic signaling after the first moment to make the available time slot where the TBoMS is located unable to transmit the TBoMS.
  • the UE does not expect the dynamic signaling of the network equipment to make the uplink time slots and/or special time slots within the TBoMS range or within the first ToT range of the TBoMS unavailable, or, within the first range Within , the UE does not expect dynamic signaling so that the TBoMS cannot be transmitted in the available time slot where the TBoMS is located.
  • the first range is, for example, the time domain range where the first ToT of the TBoMS is located, or the first range is, for example, the entire time domain range occupied by the TBoMS, or the first range may also be other time domain ranges.
  • the first range may also be related to a redundancy version (Redundancy Version, RV).
  • RV redundancy Version
  • RV0 and RV3 carry some system bits, which are more important.
  • RV version information The number of resources needs to be guaranteed, and the number of resources is not expected to be reduced, so the first range may be the range corresponding to RV0 and/or RV3.
  • This specification is configured, for example, by a network device or can also be predefined by a protocol.
  • dynamic signaling may not be sent or reduced (for example, dynamic signaling including the first information may not be sent or reduced), so as to minimize the occupation of TBoMS resources and improve TBoMS transmission quality.
  • the UE in order to prevent the number of time slots configured by the network device from being accurate enough, the UE can re-determine the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS and/or the number of special time slots, and The number of uplink time slots and/or the number of special time slots determine the second time domain resources, so that the determined second time domain resources are more accurate.
  • the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS and/or the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS may be based on the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource and the first The number of time slots included in the first time domain resource configured by the configuration information, and determined according to the TDD ratio and/or the first information, that is, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS
  • the number and/or the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS can be determined by using the method described in the embodiment of this application.
  • the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource configured by the network device may be the number of the first type of time slots, or there is another possibility that the first time domain resource configured by the network device includes the number of time slots of the first type.
  • the number of time slots included in the time domain resources may be the number of the second type of time slots, and the second type of time slots may not include downlink time slots. That is to say, in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the number of time slots for the UE to actually send the first transport block may be less than or equal to the number of time slots configured by the network device, and if the network device configures the second type The number of time slots, then the number of time slots of the first transport block actually sent by the UE should be equal to the number of time slots configured by the network device. But even in this case, the abandonment criterion needs to be considered, otherwise the second time domain resources determined by the UE may not be accurate enough.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of the method.
  • the network device sends first configuration information to the UE.
  • the UE receives first configuration information from the network device.
  • the first configuration information may configure the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource.
  • the first time domain resource is, for example, a time domain resource used by the UE to send a transport block to be transmitted (for example, called a first transport block) to the network device, and the first time domain resource includes multiple time slots.
  • the first configuration information may also configure the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • the first configuration information does not need to configure the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, and the UE may determine the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource according to the scheduling signaling. For this, reference may be made to the S301 of the embodiment.
  • the number of time slots included in the first time-domain resource configured by the first configuration information is, for example, the number of second-type time slots included in the first time-domain resource.
  • the so-called second-type time slots for example, do not include downlink time slots, or it can be understood that the second-type time slots included in the first time domain resources may include the first time domain resources from the start time domain position to the end time domain All the time slots occupied up to the position except the downlink time slot.
  • S601 For more details about S601, refer to S301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource, or the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource and first information.
  • the UE may determine the second time domain resource according to the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource configured by the first configuration information. Because the number of time slots configured in the first configuration information is the number of time slots of the second type, the UE can directly use the number of time slots configured in the first configuration information when determining the second time domain resource. For example, the UE may determine the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource and the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource configured in the first configuration information, and determine For the determination method of the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS, refer to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the UE determines the second time domain according to the first value, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS, and the number of symbols used to carry the first transport block in the special time slot resource.
  • the UE may determine the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource and the number of time slots included in the first time domain unit configured in the first configuration information, and the UE then According to the first value, the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS is used to determine the second time domain resource.
  • the premise of such processing by the UE is, for example, that the abandonment criterion is not considered (for the abandonment criterion, refer to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 ), or there is no abandonment criterion although the abandonment criterion is considered.
  • the abandonment criterion refer to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4
  • there is no abandonment criterion although the abandonment criterion is considered for this part of the content, reference may be made to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the UE may determine the second time domain resource according to the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource and the first information (this is an example where the abandonment criterion is realized through the first information), and the implementation of the first information, etc. Reference may be made to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the premise of the UE's processing in this way is, for example, that the renunciation criterion is considered and there is a renunciation criterion.
  • the UE can determine the uplink occupied by the TBoMS according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, the abandonment criterion, and the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource configured in the first configuration information The number of time slots, or determine the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS and the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS. In the case of a abandonment criterion, there may be different ways for the UE to determine the number of uplink time slots (or special time slots) occupied by the TBoMS.
  • one manner is, if the abandonment criterion indicates that n time slots (or, symbols) in the first time domain resource are unavailable, then determine that TBoMS does not occupy these n time slots (or, symbols), where n is a positive integer . That is to say, if the abandonment criterion indicates that a certain uplink time slot (or special time slot) is unavailable, the UE determines that the uplink time slot (or special time slot) does not belong to an available time slot occupied by TBoMS, that is, the UE determines The number of time slots occupied by the TBoMS can be reduced by 1. Further, the UE may exclude the value after n according to the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource (it can be understood as the value obtained after subtracting n from the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource) A second time domain resource is determined.
  • TBoMS will occupy 1 special time slot and 2 uplink time slots, and it is determined that the second uplink time slot is unavailable according to the abandonment criterion.
  • the abandonment criterion is, for example, the first time slot sent by the network device in FIG. a message.
  • the UE determines that the TBoMS no longer occupies the second uplink time slot according to the abandonment criterion, so that the UE can determine that the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS is 1.
  • the TBoMS shown in FIG. 7A is the final TBoMS.
  • FIG. 7A also includes an uplink time slot on the far right, which does not belong to the TBoMS. In this way, the position of the TBoMS remains unchanged, which is consistent with the position indicated by the network device, which helps to keep the network device and UE unified, and reduces the impact on resources occupied by subsequent services.
  • another way is that if the abandonment criterion indicates that the second time slot (or, the second symbol) in the first time domain resource is not available, then the UE determines that the TBoMS does not occupy the second time slot (or, the second symbol) ), but the UE may cause the TBoMS to occupy the third slot (or, the third symbol), and the third slot (or, the third symbol) is located after the second slot (or, the second symbol).
  • the number of time slots (or, symbols) included in the second time slot (or, the second symbol) is n
  • the number of time slots (or, symbols) included in the third time slot (or, symbols) is n
  • n is positive integer.
  • the UE determines that the uplink time slot (or special time slot) does not belong to the time slot occupied by the TBoMS, but the UE can use the TBoMS
  • the end time domain position moves backward, for example, the moved TBoMS can occupy the first uplink time slot (or special time slot) after the end of the original TBoMS to supplement the occupied time slot.
  • the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the number of time slots (or, symbols) included in the first time domain resource, where the first time domain resource does not include the second time slot (or, second symbol), And including the third time slot (or, the third symbol), the second time slot (or, the second symbol) and the number of the time slots (or, the symbols) included in the third time slot (or, the third symbol) are equal is n, the second time slot is an unavailable time slot (or, symbol) indicated by the first information, and the third time slot (or, the third symbol) is located after the second time slot (or, the second symbol).
  • TBoMS will occupy 1 special time slot and 2 uplink time slots, and the second uplink time slot is determined to be unavailable according to the abandonment criterion, then the UE determines that TBoMS will no longer occupy the second uplink time slot, but The UE can move the end time domain position of TBoMS backwards, so that TBoMS occupies the first uplink time slot after the end of the original TBoMS, that is, the rightmost uplink time slot in Figure 7B, such as the TBoMS shown in Figure 7B It is the TBoMS after moving, so that the UE can determine that the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS is still 2. In this way, the end time domain position of the TBoMS may change, but the resource number of the TBoMS may not change, which can reduce the impact on the TBoMS transmission quality.
  • the UE determines the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS and the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS.
  • the UE determines the second time slot according to the first value, the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS, the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS, and the number of symbols used to carry the first transport block in the special time slot. Domain resources.
  • the UE determines the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS, and then determines the second time domain resource by using the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS according to the first value.
  • FIG. 3 For this part of the content, reference may be made to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the available resources of the TBoMS will be reduced, which may affect the transmission quality of the TBoMS. Therefore, in order to further ensure the number of resources when transmitting TBoMS, it can be stipulated that when scheduling TBoMS, the UE does not expect the dynamic signaling of the network equipment after the first moment to make the uplink time slots within the range of TBoMS or within the first ToT range of TBoMS And/or the special time slot is unavailable, or the UE does not expect the dynamic signaling after the first moment so that the available time slot where the TBoMS is located cannot transmit the TBoMS.
  • the UE does not expect the dynamic signaling of the network equipment to make the uplink time slots and/or special time slots within the TBoMS range or within the first ToT range of the TBoMS unavailable, or, within the first range Within , the UE does not expect dynamic signaling so that the TBoMS cannot be transmitted in the available time slot where the TBoMS is located.
  • the first range reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 . This specification is configured, for example, by a network device or can also be predefined by a protocol.
  • no dynamic signaling may be sent or reduced (for example, no dynamic signaling including the first information may be sent or reduced) , minimize the occupation of TBoMS resources, and improve the transmission quality of TBoMS.
  • the UE in order to prevent the number of time slots configured by the network device from being accurate enough, the UE can re-determine the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS and/or the number of special time slots, and The number of uplink time slots and/or the number of special time slots determine the second time domain resources, so that the determined second time domain resources are more accurate.
  • the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS and/or the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS may be included in the first time domain resource configured according to the first configuration information.
  • the number of time slots is determined, or is determined according to the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource configured by the first information and the first configuration information, that is, the number of time slots occupied by the TBoMS in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3
  • the number of uplink time slots and/or the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS may be determined by using the methods described in the embodiments of this application.
  • the code rate can be determined from Table 1 according to the modulation and coding scheme (MCS). According to Table 1, the lowest code rate that can be selected is 0.0586. The lower the code rate is, the larger the coverage area is, so it is expected that the code rate can be further reduced.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the method of repeated transmission can be used at present. For example, a transmission block is transmitted in one time slot, and the transmission block can be transmitted repeatedly through multiple time slots. These repeated transmissions are coded separately, so that repeated The code rate can be reduced once for one transmission.
  • the code rate can be reduced from 0.0586 to 1/2 of 0.0586, and if the transmission is repeated once, the code rate can be reduced from 0.0293 to 1/3 of 0.0586.
  • TBoMS occupies multiple time slots, it is not a process of repeated transmission, but a transmission process. These multiple time slots are jointly coded, so the code rate of TBoMS can only be selected from Table 1, that is, , the lowest is 0.0586.
  • the fourth communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced below, through which the code rate of the TBoMS can be increased. Please refer to FIG. 8 , which is a flowchart of the method.
  • the network device sends first configuration information to the UE.
  • the UE receives first configuration information from the network device.
  • S801 refers to S301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , or refer to S401 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , or refer to S601 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the UE determines a second time domain resource according to the second information and the third value.
  • the second information is the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource. It can be understood that the second information is the number of time slots indicated by the first configuration information; or, the second information is based on the first time domain resource.
  • the number of time slots included and/or the value determined by the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource can be understood as that the second information is the number of time slots indicated according to the first configuration information, and/or The value determined according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • the third value is greater than 1, for example. Optionally, it may be considered that the third value indicates the number of repetitions of the first time-domain resource.
  • the third value is, for example, understood to be the value of the first parameter, and the first parameter may also be called a repetition parameter or an expansion coefficient, or may have other names.
  • the first parameter can be used to reduce the code rate.
  • the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the second information and the third value. For example, in one manner, the UE determines the second value according to the second information and the third value, and then determines the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value. resource.
  • the first value is the number of repetitions of symbols allocated to the PUSCH, for example, the first value is L, for L, reference may be made to the introduction of the foregoing embodiment, and the second value is the number of repetitions of L.
  • the UE may directly determine the second time domain resource according to the second information and the third value, without going through the calculation process of the second value.
  • the second value can satisfy:
  • the second value may satisfy:
  • H represents the second value.
  • A represents the second information, and a represents the third value.
  • A can be understood as the first time-domain resource configured by the first configuration information in any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , or the embodiment shown in FIG. 6
  • the number of time slots included, or, A may also be K in any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , or the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 . Therefore, A may be an integer or a decimal.
  • the UE may determine the second time domain resource according to formula 2 in the foregoing embodiments, or determine the number of symbols included in the second time domain resource, and at this time, replace K in formula 2 with H.
  • the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the second information and the third value, for example, one way is:
  • Another example, another way is:
  • formula 8 or formula 9 and formula 2, or formula 10 or formula 11, it can be configured by the network device or predefined by the protocol.
  • the number of symbols actually occupied by time-domain resources (for example, the actual number of symbols) is small, for example, the number of theoretical symbols is 1/3 of the actual number of symbols.
  • the amount of data that can be carried on the theoretical symbols is relatively small, and it is not the theoretical symbols that are actually used to carry these data, but the actual symbols.
  • the number of actual symbols is greater than the number of theoretical symbols.
  • TBoMS is regarded as multiple transmissions, and one ToT is regarded as one transmission.
  • the time domain resource occupied by a ToT may be calculated, and the calculation method may refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 .
  • Each ToT can be coded separately.
  • the overall code rate of TBoMS can be reduced to TBoMS only includes 1/P of the code rate in the case of a ToT. For example, if TBoMS includes only one ToT, the corresponding code rate is 0.0586. If the TBoMS includes 2 ToTs, the overall code rate of the TBoMS can be reduced to 0.0293; if the TBoMS includes 3 ToTs, the overall code rate of the TBoMS can be reduced to 0.0195, and so on.
  • this separate encoding method an effect similar to repeated transmission can be achieved, thereby achieving the purpose of reducing the code rate.
  • the embodiment of the present application can reduce the code rate of the TBoMS, thereby improving the coverage of the TBoMS.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 900 may be the terminal device described in any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 3, the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, or the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the method performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment is realized.
  • the communication device 900 may also be the network device described in any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , or the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , for implementing the method corresponding to the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication device 900 includes one or more processors 901 .
  • the processor 901 may also be referred to as a processing unit, and may implement certain control functions.
  • the processor 901 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor. For example, including: baseband processor, central processing unit, application processor, modem processor, graphics processor, image signal processor, digital signal processor, video codec processor, controller, memory, and/or Neural Network Processor, etc.
  • the baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data.
  • the central processing unit can be used to control the communication device 900, execute software programs and/or process data. Different processors may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors, for example, integrated in one or more application-specific integrated circuits.
  • the communication device 900 includes one or more memories 902 for storing instructions 904, and the instructions 904 can be executed on the processor, so that the communication device 900 executes the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • data may also be stored in the memory 902 .
  • the processor and memory can be set separately or integrated together.
  • the communication device 900 may store instructions 903 (sometimes also referred to as codes or programs), and the instructions 903 may be executed on the processor, so that the communication device 900 executes the methods described in the above embodiments .
  • Data may be stored in the processor 901 .
  • the communication device 900 may further include a transceiver 905 and an antenna 906 .
  • the transceiver 905 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, an input and output interface, etc., and is used to realize the transceiver function of the communication device 900 through the antenna 906 .
  • the communication device 900 may further include one or more of the following components: a wireless communication module, an audio module, an external memory interface, an internal memory, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, a power management module, an antenna, Speakers, microphones, I/O modules, sensor modules, motors, cameras, or displays, etc. It can be understood that, in some embodiments, the communication device 900 may include more or fewer components, or some components may be integrated, or some components may be separated. These components may be realized by hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 901 and the transceiver 905 described in the embodiment of the present application can be realized in integrated circuit (integrated circuit, IC), analog IC, radio frequency integrated circuit (radio frequency identification, RFID), mixed signal IC, application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), printed circuit board (printed circuit board, PCB), or electronic equipment, etc.
  • the communication device described herein can be an independent device (for example, an independent integrated circuit, a mobile phone, etc.), or it can be a part of a larger device (for example, a module that can be embedded in other devices).
  • a module for example, a module that can be embedded in other devices.
  • the terminal device includes a terminal device for realizing any one of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 8
  • Corresponding means, units and/or circuits of function.
  • the terminal device includes a transceiver module, configured to support the terminal device to implement a transceiver function, and a processing module, configured to support the terminal device to process signals.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 1000 may be applicable to the architecture shown in FIG. 2 .
  • FIG. 10 only shows main components of the terminal device 1000.
  • a terminal device 1000 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the entire terminal device 1000, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs.
  • Memory is primarily used to store software programs and data.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for conversion of baseband signal and radio frequency signal and processing of radio frequency signal.
  • Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, microphones, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the control circuit, and the control circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal, and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the control circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data .
  • FIG. 10 only shows a memory and a processor.
  • the terminal device 1000 may include multiple processors and memories.
  • a storage may also be called a storage medium or a storage device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit, the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processor is mainly used to control the entire terminal device 1000, Executing the software program, processing the data of the software program.
  • the processor in FIG. 10 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors, interconnected through technologies such as a bus.
  • the terminal device 1000 may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device 1000 may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capability, and various components of the terminal device 1000 may be connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit may also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and communication data can be built in the processor, or can be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
  • the antenna and the control circuit with the transceiver function may be regarded as the transceiver unit 1010 of the terminal device 1000
  • the processor with the processing function may be regarded as the processing unit 1020 of the terminal device 1000
  • a terminal device 1000 includes a transceiver unit 1010 and a processing unit 1020 .
  • the transceiver unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver device, and the like.
  • the device in the transceiver unit 1010 for realizing the receiving function may be regarded as a receiving unit
  • the device in the transceiver unit 1010 for realizing the sending function may be regarded as a sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1010 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, receiver, receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending unit may be called a transmitter, transmitter, or transmitting circuit, etc.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a network device, which can be used in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the network device includes, for example, the network described in any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 3, the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, or the embodiment shown in FIG. Means, units and/or circuits of the function of a device.
  • the network device includes a transceiver module, configured to support the network device to implement a transceiver function, and a processing module, configured to support the network device to process signals.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device can be applicable to the architecture shown in 2.
  • the network device includes: a baseband device 1101 , a radio frequency device 1102 , and an antenna 1103 .
  • the radio frequency device 1102 receives the information sent by the terminal device through the antenna 1103, and sends the information sent by the terminal device to the baseband device 1101 for processing.
  • the baseband device 1101 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the radio frequency device 1102
  • the radio frequency device 1102 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the terminal device through the antenna 1103 .
  • the baseband device 1101 includes one or more processing units 11011 , a storage unit 11012 and an interface 11013 .
  • the processing unit 11011 is configured to support the network device to execute the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the storage unit 11012 is used to store software programs and/or data.
  • the interface 11013 is used for exchanging information with the radio frequency device 1102, and the interface includes an interface circuit for input and output of information.
  • the processing unit is an integrated circuit, such as one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
  • the storage unit 11012 and the processing unit 11011 may be located in the same chip, that is, an on-chip storage element. Alternatively, the storage unit 11012 and the processing unit 11011 may also be located on different chips, that is, an off-chip storage element.
  • the storage unit 11012 may be one memory, or a general term for multiple memories or storage elements.
  • a network device may implement part or all of the steps in the foregoing method embodiments in the form of one or more processing unit schedulers.
  • the one or more processing units may support wireless access technologies of the same standard, or may support wireless access technologies of different standards.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated.
  • the components shown may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed over multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer.
  • the computer readable medium may include random access memory (random access memory, RAM), read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), Erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable read only memory, EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD- ROM), universal serial bus flash disk (universal serial bus flash disk), removable hard disk, or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage medium, or other magnetic storage device, or can be used to carry or store desired data in the form of instructions or data structures program code and any other medium that can be accessed by a computer.
  • RAM random access memory
  • read-only memory read-only memory
  • ROM programmable read-only memory
  • PROM programmable read-only memory
  • Erasable programmable read-only memory Erasable programmable read-only memory
  • EPROM Er
  • RAM static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • enhanced SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • Embodiment 1 A communication method applied to a terminal device, the method comprising:
  • first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, where the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resource units;
  • the second time domain resource is the time domain occupied by the first transport block to be sent resources
  • the first time-domain resource includes one or more special time-domain resource units
  • the first value is the number of sub-time-domain resource units allocated to the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  • Embodiment 2 The method according to embodiment 1, the first value is greater than 14.
  • determining a second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource includes:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource determines the second time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 4 According to the method described in Embodiment 3, according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain included in the first time domain resource The number of resource units and the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit determine the second time domain resource, including:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value
  • Embodiment 5 The method according to embodiment 3 or 4,
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is based on the initial The time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are determined according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information; or,
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units; or,
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units and the first information;
  • the first information is used to determine unavailable time domain resource units in the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 6 According to the method according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 5, the first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
  • Embodiment 7 The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 6,
  • the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
  • the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 8 The method according to embodiment 7, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in the first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special time domain resource unit domain resource unit, or, the first time domain resource unit is the first uplink time domain resource unit after the special time domain resource unit.
  • Embodiment 9 The method according to any one of embodiments 1, 3-8, wherein the first value is less than or equal to 14.
  • Embodiment 10 According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 9, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • the first time domain resource unit is a time slot
  • the sub-time domain resource unit is a symbol
  • the special time domain resource unit is a special time domain resource unit. Gap.
  • Embodiment 12 A communication method applied to a network device, the method comprising:
  • the terminal device Sending first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, where the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resource units;
  • the second time domain resource is the time domain occupied by the first transport block to be sent resources
  • the first time-domain resource includes one or more special time-domain resource units
  • the first value is the number of sub-time-domain resource units allocated to the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  • Embodiment 13 The method of embodiment 12, the first value being greater than 14.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource includes:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource determines the second time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 15 According to the method described in Embodiment 14, according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain included in the first time domain resource The number of resource units and the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit determine the second time domain resource, including:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value
  • Embodiment 16 The method according to embodiment 14 or 15,
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is based on the initial The time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are determined according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information; or,
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units; or,
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units and the first information;
  • the first information is used to determine unavailable time domain resource units in the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 17 According to the method according to any one of embodiments 12-16, the first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
  • Embodiment 18 The method according to any one of embodiments 12-17,
  • the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
  • the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 19 The method according to embodiment 18, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in the first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special time domain resource unit domain resource unit, or, the first time domain resource unit is the first uplink time domain resource unit after the special time domain resource unit.
  • Embodiment 20 The method according to any one of embodiments 12, 14-19, wherein the first value is less than or equal to 14.
  • Embodiment 21 According to the method according to any one of Embodiments 12 to 20, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 22 The method according to any one of Embodiments 12 to 21, wherein the first time domain resource unit is a time slot, the sub-time domain resource unit is a symbol, and the special time domain resource unit is a special time domain resource unit Gap.
  • Embodiment 23 A communication method applied to a terminal device, the method comprising:
  • the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource is the number of first-type time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource;
  • the second time domain resource is a time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine an unavailable time domain resource unit in the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 24 The method according to embodiment 23, the first type of time-domain resource units includes downlink time-domain resource units.
  • Embodiment 25 The method according to embodiment 23 or 24,
  • the first information is downlink control information, and the downlink control information is used to indicate cancellation of uplink transmission of some or all time domain resource units in the first time domain resource, or, the downlink control information is used to indicate when Domain resource unit format, the time domain resource unit format is used to indicate the format of the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource, or the downlink control information is used to schedule in the first time domain resource Send a second transport block on some or all of the time domain resource units, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than the priority of the first transport block; or,
  • the first information is a random access response, and the random access response is used to indicate denial of access.
  • Embodiment 26 According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 23 to 25, according to the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, And determining the second time domain resource according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information, including:
  • the starting time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information, determine the time domain resource included in the first time domain resource The number of uplink time domain resource units, and determining the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource;
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 27 According to the method described in Embodiment 26, according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain included in the first time domain resource The number of resource units and the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit determine the second time domain resource, including:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value
  • Embodiment 28 According to the method described in Embodiment 26 or 27, the first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
  • Embodiment 29 The method according to any one of embodiments 26-28,
  • the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
  • the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 30 The method according to embodiment 29, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special time domain resource unit domain resource unit, or, the first time domain resource unit is the first uplink time domain resource unit after the special time domain resource unit.
  • the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 32 A communication method applied to a network device, the method comprising:
  • the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, where the first time domain resource includes multiple time domain resource units, the The number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource is the number of first-type time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource;
  • the second time domain resource is a time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine an unavailable time domain resource unit in the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 33 The method according to embodiment 32, the first type of time-domain resource units includes downlink time-domain resource units.
  • Embodiment 34 The method of embodiment 32 or 33,
  • the first information is downlink control information, and the downlink control information is used to indicate cancellation of uplink transmission of some or all time domain resource units in the first time domain resource, or, the downlink control information is used to indicate when Domain resource unit format, the time domain resource unit format is used to indicate the format of the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource, or the downlink control information is used to schedule in the first time domain resource Send a second transport block on some or all of the time domain resource units, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than the priority of the first transport block; or,
  • the first information is a random access response, and the random access response is used to indicate denial of access.
  • Embodiment 35 According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 32 to 34, according to the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, And determining the second time domain resource according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information, including:
  • the starting time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information, determine the time domain resource included in the first time domain resource The number of uplink time domain resource units, and determining the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource;
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 36 According to the method described in Embodiment 35, according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain included in the first time domain resource The number of resource units and the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit determine the second time domain resource, including:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value
  • Embodiment 37 According to the method described in Embodiment 35 or 36, the first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
  • Embodiment 38 The method according to any one of embodiments 35-37,
  • the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
  • the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 39 The method according to embodiment 38, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special time domain resource unit domain resource unit, or, the first time domain resource unit is the first uplink time domain resource unit after the special time domain resource unit.
  • Embodiment 40 According to the method according to any one of embodiments 32-39, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 41 A communication method applied to a terminal device, the method comprising:
  • the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is the number of time domain resource units of the second type;
  • the second time-domain resource is a time-domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine an unavailable time-domain resource unit in the first time-domain resource .
  • the second type of time domain resource units includes uplink time domain resource units and/or special time domain resource units, or, the second type of time domain resource units does not include Downlink time domain resource unit.
  • Embodiment 43 The method of embodiment 41 or 42,
  • the first information is downlink control information, and the downlink control information is used to indicate cancellation of uplink transmission of some or all time domain resource units in the first time domain resource, or, the downlink control information is used to indicate when Domain resource unit format, the time domain resource unit format is used to indicate the format of the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource, or the downlink control information is used to schedule in the first time domain resource Send a second transport block on some or all of the time domain resource units, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than the priority of the first transport block; or,
  • the first information is a random access response, and the random access response is used to indicate denial of access; or,
  • the first information is TDD configuration information
  • the TDD configuration information is used to indicate configuration ratios of uplink time domain resource units, downlink time domain resource units, and special time domain resource units.
  • Embodiment 44 The method according to any one of embodiments 41-43, further comprising:
  • dynamic signaling is not scheduled, and the dynamic signaling is used to make the uplink time-domain resource units and/or special time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource unavailable.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource includes:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
  • determining the second time domain resource with the first information according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource includes:
  • the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information determine the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and determine the first time domain resource unit The number of special time-domain resource units included in the domain resource;
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 47 According to the method described in Embodiment 45 or 46, according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource included in the first time domain resource The number of time-domain resource units and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit determine the second time-domain resource, including:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value
  • Embodiment 48 According to the method described in embodiment 46 or 47, the first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
  • Embodiment 49 The method according to any one of embodiments 45-48,
  • the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
  • the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 50 The method according to embodiment 49, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special time domain resource unit domain resource unit, or, the first time domain resource unit is the first uplink time domain resource unit after the special time domain resource unit.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information includes:
  • the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 53 A communication method applied to a network device, the method comprising:
  • the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, where the first time domain resource includes multiple time domain resource units, the The number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is the number of time domain resource units of the second type;
  • the second time-domain resource is a time-domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine an unavailable time-domain resource unit in the first time-domain resource .
  • the second type of time domain resource units includes uplink time domain resource units and/or special time domain resource units, or, the second type of time domain resource units does not include Downlink time domain resource unit.
  • Embodiment 55 The method of embodiment 53 or 54,
  • the first information is downlink control information, and the downlink control information is used to indicate cancellation of uplink transmission of some or all time domain resource units in the first time domain resource, or, the downlink control information is used to indicate when Domain resource unit format, the time domain resource unit format is used to indicate the format of the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource, or the downlink control information is used to schedule in the first time domain resource Send a second transport block on some or all of the time domain resource units, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than the priority of the first transport block; or,
  • the first information is a random access response, and the random access response is used to indicate denial of access; or,
  • the first information is TDD configuration information
  • the TDD configuration information is used to indicate configuration ratios of uplink time domain resource units, downlink time domain resource units, and special time domain resource units.
  • Embodiment 56 The method according to any one of embodiments 53-55, further comprising:
  • dynamic signaling is not scheduled, and the dynamic signaling is used to make the uplink time-domain resource units and/or special time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource unavailable.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource includes:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
  • determining the second time domain resource with the first information according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource includes:
  • the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information determine the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and determine the first time domain resource unit The number of special time-domain resource units included in the domain resource;
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 59 According to the method described in Embodiment 57 or 58, according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource included in the first time domain resource The number of time-domain resource units and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit determine the second time-domain resource, including:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value
  • Embodiment 60 According to the method described in Embodiment 58 or 59, the first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
  • Embodiment 61 The method according to any one of embodiments 57-60,
  • the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
  • the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 62 The method according to embodiment 61, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special time domain resource unit domain resource unit, or, the first time domain resource unit is the first uplink time domain resource unit after the special time domain resource unit.
  • Embodiment 63 According to the method described in any one of embodiments 53-62, determining the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information includes:
  • Embodiment 64 According to the method according to any one of embodiments 53 to 63, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 65 A communication method, applied to a terminal device, the method comprising:
  • first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, where the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resource units;
  • the second information is the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource, or, the The second information is a value determined according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, and the third value is greater than 1.
  • Embodiment 66 determining the second time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent according to the second information and the third value includes:
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the third value and the second value includes: the second time domain resource satisfies the following relationship:
  • H represents the number of repetitions of the first value
  • the first value is the number of sub-time domain resource units allocated to the PUSCH
  • A represents the second value
  • a represents the third value.
  • Embodiment 68 According to the method according to any one of embodiments 65 to 67, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 69 A communication method, applied to a network device, the method comprising:
  • the terminal device Sending first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, where the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resource units;
  • the second information is the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource, or, the The second information is a value determined according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, and the third value is greater than 1.
  • Embodiment 70 According to the method described in embodiment 69, determining the second time domain resource occupied by the first transport block to be sent according to the second information and the third value includes:
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the third value and the second value includes: the second time domain resource satisfies the following relationship:
  • H represents the number of repetitions of the first value
  • the first value is the number of sub-time domain resource units allocated to the PUSCH
  • A represents the second value
  • a represents the third value.
  • Embodiment 72 According to the method according to any one of embodiments 69-71, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 73 A communication device comprising a processing unit and a transceiver unit, wherein,
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive first configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes multiple time domain resource unit;
  • the processing unit is configured to determine a second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the second time domain resource is the first time domain resource to be sent A time-domain resource occupied by a transport block, the first time-domain resource includes one or more special time-domain resource units, and the first value is the number of sub-time-domain resource units allocated to the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  • Embodiment 74 The communication device of embodiment 73, the first value is greater than fourteen.
  • Embodiment 75 The communication device according to Embodiment 73, the processing unit is configured to determine the second Time Domain Resources:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource determines the second time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 76 The communication device according to Embodiment 75, the processing unit is configured to use the following method according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the The number of special time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit determine the second time-domain resource unit Domain resource:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value
  • Embodiment 77 The communication device of Embodiment 75 or 76,
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is based on the initial The time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are determined according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information; or,
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units; or,
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units and the first information;
  • the first information is used to determine unavailable time domain resource units in the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 78 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 73 to 77, the first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
  • Embodiment 79 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 73-78,
  • the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
  • the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 80 The communication device according to embodiment 79, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special A time-domain resource unit, or, the first time-domain resource unit is the first uplink time-domain resource unit after the special time-domain resource unit.
  • Embodiment 81 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 73, 75-80, wherein the first value is less than or equal to 14.
  • Embodiment 82 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 73 to 81, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 83 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 73-82, the first time domain resource unit is a time slot, the sub time domain resource unit is a symbol, and the special time domain resource unit is a special time domain resource unit time slot.
  • Embodiment 84 A communication device comprising a processing unit and a transceiver unit, wherein,
  • the transceiver unit is configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes multiple time domain resource unit;
  • the processing unit is configured to determine a second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the second time domain resource is the first time domain resource to be sent A time-domain resource occupied by a transport block, the first time-domain resource includes one or more special time-domain resource units, and the first value is the number of sub-time-domain resource units allocated to the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  • Embodiment 85 The communication device of Embodiment 84, the first value is greater than fourteen.
  • Embodiment 86 The communication device according to Embodiment 84, the processing unit is configured to determine the second Time Domain Resources:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource determines the second time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 87 The communication device according to Embodiment 86, the processing unit is configured to use the following method according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the The number of special time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit determine the second time-domain resource unit Domain resource:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value
  • Embodiment 88 The communication device of Embodiment 86 or 87,
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is based on the initial The time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are determined according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information; or,
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units; or,
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units and the first information;
  • the first information is used to determine unavailable time domain resource units in the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 89 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 84 to 88, the first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
  • Embodiment 90 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 84-89,
  • the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
  • the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 91 The communication device according to embodiment 90, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special A time-domain resource unit, or, the first time-domain resource unit is the first uplink time-domain resource unit after the special time-domain resource unit.
  • Embodiment 92 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 84, 86-91, wherein the first value is less than or equal to 14.
  • Embodiment 93 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 84 to 92, wherein the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 94 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 84-93, the first time domain resource unit is a time slot, the sub time domain resource unit is a symbol, and the special time domain resource unit is a special time domain resource unit time slot.
  • Embodiment 95 A communication device comprising a processing unit and a transceiver unit, wherein,
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive first configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes multiple Time-domain resource units, the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource is the number of first-type time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource;
  • the processing unit is configured to, according to the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and according to the time division duplex configuration information and/or the first time domain resource unit Information for determining a second time-domain resource, where the second time-domain resource is a time-domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine that the first time-domain resource cannot Time-domain resource units used.
  • Embodiment 96 The communication device according to embodiment 95, the first type of time domain resource unit comprises a downlink time domain resource unit.
  • Embodiment 97 The communication device of Embodiment 95 or 96,
  • the first information is downlink control information, and the downlink control information is used to indicate cancellation of uplink transmission of some or all time domain resource units in the first time domain resource, or, the downlink control information is used to indicate when Domain resource unit format, the time domain resource unit format is used to indicate the format of the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource, or the downlink control information is used to schedule in the first time domain resource Send a second transport block on some or all of the time domain resource units, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than the priority of the first transport block; or,
  • the first information is a random access response, and the random access response is used to indicate denial of access.
  • Embodiment 98 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 95 to 97, the processing unit is configured to use the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource and the first time domain resource in the following manner The number of time-domain resource units included, and according to time-division duplex configuration information and/or first information, determine the second time-domain resource:
  • the starting time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information, determine the time domain resource included in the first time domain resource The number of uplink time domain resource units, and determining the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource;
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 99 The communication device according to Embodiment 98, the processing unit is configured to use the following method according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the The number of special time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit determine the second time-domain resource unit Domain resource:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value
  • Embodiment 100 The communication device according to embodiment 98 or 99, the first configuration information is further used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
  • Embodiment 101 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 98-100,
  • the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
  • the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 102 The communication device according to embodiment 101, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in the first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special A time-domain resource unit, or, the first time-domain resource unit is the first uplink time-domain resource unit after the special time-domain resource unit.
  • Embodiment 103 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 95-102, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 104 A communication device comprising a processing unit and a transceiver unit, wherein,
  • the transceiver unit is configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes multiple Time-domain resource units, the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource is the number of first-type time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource;
  • the processing unit is configured to, according to the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and according to the time division duplex configuration information and/or the first time domain resource unit Information for determining a second time-domain resource, where the second time-domain resource is a time-domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine that the first time-domain resource cannot Time-domain resource units used.
  • Embodiment 105 The communication device according to embodiment 104, the first type of time domain resource unit includes a downlink time domain resource unit.
  • Embodiment 106 The communication device of Embodiment 104 or 105,
  • the first information is downlink control information, and the downlink control information is used to indicate cancellation of uplink transmission of some or all time domain resource units in the first time domain resource, or, the downlink control information is used to indicate when Domain resource unit format, the time domain resource unit format is used to indicate the format of the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource, or the downlink control information is used to schedule in the first time domain resource Send a second transport block on some or all of the time domain resource units, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than the priority of the first transport block; or,
  • the first information is a random access response, and the random access response is used to indicate denial of access.
  • Embodiment 107 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 104 to 106, the processing unit is configured to use the following method according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource and the first time domain resource The number of time-domain resource units included, and according to time-division duplex configuration information and/or first information, determine the second time-domain resource:
  • the starting time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information, determine the time domain resource included in the first time domain resource The number of uplink time domain resource units, and determining the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource;
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 108 The communication device according to Embodiment 107, the processing unit is configured to use the following method according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the The number of special time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit determine the second time-domain resource unit Domain resource:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value
  • Embodiment 109 The communication device according to Embodiment 107 or 108, the first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
  • Embodiment 110 The communication device of any one of embodiments 107-109,
  • the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
  • the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 111 The communication device according to embodiment 110, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special A time-domain resource unit, or, the first time-domain resource unit is the first uplink time-domain resource unit after the special time-domain resource unit.
  • Embodiment 112. The communication device according to any one of embodiments 104 to 111, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 113 A communication device comprising a processing unit and a transceiver unit, wherein,
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive first configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes multiple Time-domain resource units, the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource is the number of second-type time-domain resource units;
  • the processing unit is configured to determine a second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, or, according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource And the first information determines a second time domain resource, where the second time domain resource is a time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine the time domain resource in the first time domain resource Unavailable temporal resource unit.
  • the second type of time domain resource unit includes an uplink time domain resource unit and/or a special time domain resource unit, or, the second type of time domain resource unit does not Including downlink time domain resource units.
  • Embodiment 115 The communication device of embodiment 113 or 114,
  • the first information is downlink control information, and the downlink control information is used to indicate cancellation of uplink transmission of some or all time domain resource units in the first time domain resource, or, the downlink control information is used to indicate when Domain resource unit format, the time domain resource unit format is used to indicate the format of the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource, or the downlink control information is used to schedule in the first time domain resource Send a second transport block on some or all of the time domain resource units, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than the priority of the first transport block; or,
  • the first information is a random access response, and the random access response is used to indicate denial of access; or,
  • the first information is TDD configuration information
  • the TDD configuration information is used to indicate configuration ratios of uplink time domain resource units, downlink time domain resource units, and special time domain resource units.
  • Embodiment 116 According to the communication device described in any one of Embodiments 113 to 115, when the terminal device transmits on multiple time domain resource units, the transceiver unit is further configured not to schedule dynamic signaling, and the dynamic signaling making the uplink time domain resource unit and/or the special time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource unavailable.
  • Embodiment 117 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 113 to 116, the processing unit is configured to determine the second time domain according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource in the following manner resource:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 118 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 113 to 117, the processing unit is configured to determine according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource with the first information in the following manner: Second time domain resources:
  • the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information determine the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and determine the first time domain resource unit The number of special time-domain resource units included in the domain resource;
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 119 The communication device according to embodiment 117 or 118, the processing unit is configured to use the following method according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, The number of special time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit determine the second Two time domain resources:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value
  • Embodiment 120 The communication device according to embodiment 118 or 119, the first configuration information is further used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
  • Embodiment 121 The communication device of any one of embodiments 117-120,
  • the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
  • the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 122 The communication device according to embodiment 121, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special A time-domain resource unit, or, the first time-domain resource unit is the first uplink time-domain resource unit after the special time-domain resource unit.
  • Embodiment 123 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 113-122, the processing unit is configured to determine according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information in the following manner Second time domain resources:
  • Embodiment 124 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 113 to 123, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 125 A communication device comprising a processing unit and a transceiver unit, wherein,
  • the transceiver unit is configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes multiple Time-domain resource units, the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource is the number of second-type time-domain resource units;
  • the processing unit is configured to determine a second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, or, according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource And the first information determines a second time domain resource, where the second time domain resource is a time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine the time domain resource in the first time domain resource Unavailable temporal resource unit.
  • the second type of time domain resource unit includes an uplink time domain resource unit and/or a special time domain resource unit, or, the second type of time domain resource unit does not Including downlink time domain resource units.
  • Embodiment 127 The communication device of embodiment 125 or 126,
  • the first information is downlink control information, and the downlink control information is used to indicate cancellation of uplink transmission of some or all time domain resource units in the first time domain resource, or, the downlink control information is used to indicate when Domain resource unit format, the time domain resource unit format is used to indicate the format of the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource, or the downlink control information is used to schedule in the first time domain resource Send a second transport block on some or all of the time domain resource units, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than the priority of the first transport block; or,
  • the first information is a random access response, and the random access response is used to indicate denial of access; or,
  • the first information is TDD configuration information
  • the TDD configuration information is used to indicate configuration ratios of uplink time domain resource units, downlink time domain resource units, and special time domain resource units.
  • Embodiment 128 According to the communication device according to any one of Embodiments 125-127, when the terminal equipment transmits on multiple time domain resource units, the transceiver unit is further configured not to schedule dynamic signaling, and the dynamic signaling making the uplink time domain resource unit and/or the special time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource unavailable.
  • Embodiment 129 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 125 to 128, the processing unit is configured to determine the second time domain according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource in the following manner resource:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 130 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 125 to 128, the processing unit is configured to determine according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource with the first information in the following manner Second time domain resources:
  • the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information determine the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and determine the first time domain resource unit The number of special time-domain resource units included in the domain resource;
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 131 The communication device according to embodiment 129 or 130, the processing unit is configured to use the following method according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, The number of special time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit determine the second Two time domain resources:
  • the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value
  • Embodiment 132 The communication device according to Embodiment 130 or 131, the first configuration information is further used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
  • Embodiment 133 The communication device of any one of embodiments 129-132,
  • the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
  • the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
  • Embodiment 134 The communication device according to embodiment 133, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special A time-domain resource unit, or, the first time-domain resource unit is the first uplink time-domain resource unit after the special time-domain resource unit.
  • Embodiment 135. The communication device according to any one of embodiments 125-134, the processing unit is configured to determine according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information in the following manner Second time domain resources:
  • Embodiment 136 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 125 to 135, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 137 A communication device comprising a processing unit and a transceiving unit, wherein,
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive first configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes multiple time domain resource unit;
  • the processing unit is configured to determine a second time domain resource occupied by the first transport block to be sent according to the second information and the third value, the second information being the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource or, the second information is a value determined according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, the The third value is greater than one.
  • Embodiment 138 The communication device according to embodiment 137, the processing unit is configured to determine the second time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent according to the second information and the third value in the following manner:
  • Embodiment 139 The communication device according to embodiment 138, the processing unit is configured to determine the second time domain resource according to the third value and the second value in the following manner: the second time domain Resources satisfy the following relationship:
  • H represents the number of repetitions of the first value
  • the first value is the number of sub-time domain resource units allocated to the PUSCH
  • A represents the second value
  • a represents the third value.
  • Embodiment 140 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 137-139, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 141 A communication device comprising a processing unit and a transceiving unit, wherein,
  • the transceiver unit is configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes multiple time domain resource unit;
  • the processing unit is configured to determine a second time domain resource occupied by the first transport block to be sent according to the second information and the third value, the second information being the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource or, the second information is a value determined according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, the The third value is greater than one.
  • Embodiment 142 The communication device according to embodiment 141, the processing unit is configured to determine the second time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent according to the second information and the third value in the following manner:
  • the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value
  • the first value is the repetition of the number of sub-time domain resource units allocated to PUSCH frequency
  • Embodiment 143 The communication device according to embodiment 142, the processing unit is configured to determine a second value according to the second information and the third value in the following manner: the second value satisfies the following relationship:
  • H represents the second value
  • A represents the second information
  • a represents the third value
  • Embodiment 144 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 141 to 143, wherein the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  • Embodiment 145 An apparatus comprising means for performing the method described in any embodiment of the present application.
  • Embodiment 146 A computer program product, the computer program product comprising a computer program, when the computer program is run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method according to any one of embodiments 1-11, Or make the computer execute the method as described in any one of Embodiments 12-22, or make the computer execute the method described in any one of Embodiments 23-31, or make the computer execute the method described in any one of Embodiments 23-31.

Abstract

The present application relates to a communication method and device. A terminal device receives first configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information being used for configuring the number of time domain resource units comprised in a first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource comprising a plurality of time domain resource units; and the terminal device determines a second time domain resource according to a first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units comprised in the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource being a time domain resource occupied by a first transmission block to be transmitted, and the first time domain resource comprising one or more special time domain resource units. According to the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application, the time domain resource occupied by a TBoMS can be calculated, so that a TBoMS transmission solution can be implemented.

Description

一种通信方法及设备A communication method and device
相关申请的交叉引用Cross References to Related Applications
本申请要求在2021年07月09日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202110776637.X、申请名称为“一种通信方法、终端及网络设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中;本申请要求在2021年08月02日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202110879228.2、申请名称为“一种通信方法及设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110776637.X and the application name "a communication method, terminal and network equipment" submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office of China on July 09, 2021. The entire content of the application is passed The reference is incorporated in this application; this application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office of China on August 2, 2021, with the application number 202110879228.2 and the application name "A communication method and device", all of which The contents are incorporated by reference in this application.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及设备。The present application relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
在发送传输块(bransmission block,TB)时,一般通过一个时隙(slot)来传输。在发送传输块之前需要计算该传输块所占用的资源,而目前会规定一次传输所占用的符号个数,该数量小于或等于14,14是一个时隙最多能够提供的正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号数。When sending a transmission block (bransmission block, TB), it is generally transmitted through a time slot (slot). Before sending a transport block, it is necessary to calculate the resources occupied by the transport block. Currently, the number of symbols occupied by a transmission is specified. This number is less than or equal to 14, and 14 is the maximum OFDM that can be provided by a time slot. (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM) number of symbols.
为了在传输数据时可以采用更低的码率,现在提出了多时隙承载一个传输块(one transmission block over multiple slot,TBoMS)的模式,即,在多个时隙上承载一个传输块。由于TBoMS内包含了多个时隙,因此在计算TBoMS所占用的资源时不能使用已有的计算方式。而目前对于TBoMS占用的资源究竟如何计算,尚未提供解决方案。由于无法计算TBoMS占用的资源,可能导致TBoMS传输方案无法实现。In order to use a lower code rate when transmitting data, a mode of carrying one transmission block over multiple slots (TBoMS) is now proposed, that is, one transmission block is carried on multiple slots. Since the TBoMS contains multiple time slots, the existing calculation method cannot be used when calculating the resources occupied by the TBoMS. At present, no solution has been provided for how to calculate the resources occupied by TBoMS. Since the resources occupied by TBoMS cannot be calculated, the TBoMS transmission scheme may not be realized.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及设备,用于提供计算TBoMS所占用的资源的方式。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device, which are used to provide a manner of calculating resources occupied by TBoMS.
第一方面,提供第一种通信方法,该方法可由终端设备执行,或由包括终端设备的更大设备执行,或由芯片系统或其他功能模块执行,该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现终端设备的功能,该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在终端设备中。该方法包括:从网络设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元;根据所述第一值以及所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,所述第一时域资源包括一个或多个特殊时域资源单元,所述第一值为分配给PUSCH的子时域资源单元的个数。In the first aspect, a first communication method is provided. This method can be executed by a terminal device, or by a larger device including the terminal device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional module can realize the communication of the terminal device. function, the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in a terminal device. The method includes: receiving first configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resources unit; determine a second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the second time domain resource is occupied by the first transport block to be sent Time-domain resources, the first time-domain resource includes one or more special time-domain resource units, and the first value is the number of sub-time-domain resource units allocated to the PUSCH.
本申请实施例中可根据第一值以及上行时域资源单元的个数确定第一传输块(transmission block,TB)占用的时域资源,其中用于发送第一传输块的时域资源包括多个时域资源单元,可理解为,第一传输块是通过TBoMS的方式发送。也就是说,通过本申请实施例提供的技术方案能够计算TBoMS所占用的时域资源,使得TBoMS传输方案能够得以实施。In the embodiment of the present application, the time-domain resources occupied by the first transmission block (transmission block, TB) can be determined according to the first value and the number of uplink time-domain resource units, where the time-domain resources used to send the first transmission block include multiple time-domain resource units, it can be understood that the first transport block is sent in a TBoMS manner. That is to say, the time domain resource occupied by TBoMS can be calculated through the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, so that the TBoMS transmission solution can be implemented.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式中,根据所述第一值以及所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,包括:根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源。通过本申请实施例提供的技术方案,给出了在TBoMS占用特殊时域资源的情况下确定TBoMS占用的时域资源的方法,使得TBoMS方式能够得以进行。且在确定第二时域资源时,中间的计算结果也可以是小数,从而使得计算结果更为准确。With reference to the first aspect, in a first optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the second time domain resource is determined according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource , including: according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the time-domain resource unit determines the second time-domain resource. Through the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, a method for determining the time domain resource occupied by the TBoMS under the condition that the TBoMS occupies a special time domain resource is provided, so that the TBoMS mode can be implemented. Moreover, when determining the second time-domain resource, the intermediate calculation result may also be a decimal, so that the calculation result is more accurate.
结合第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式,在第一方面的第二种可选的实施方式中,根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源,包括:根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定第二值,所述第二值为所述第一值的重复次数;根据所述第一值和所述第二值,确定所述第二时域资源。在确定第二时域资源时,可以先确定第二值,再根据第一值和第二值确定第二时域资源。且在确定第二值时,确定结果可以是小数,从而使得该结果更为准确。或者,在确定第二时域资源时,也可不经历第二值,而是直接根据第一值、第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及特殊时域资源单元内用于承载第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,对于计算过程不做限制。With reference to the first optional implementation manner of the first aspect, in the second optional implementation manner of the first aspect, according to the first value, the uplink time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource the number of the first time-domain resource, the number of special time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource, and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit, Determining the second time domain resource includes: according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit, determine a second value, and the second value is a repetition of the first value times; determining the second time-domain resource according to the first value and the second value. When determining the second time domain resource, the second value may be determined first, and then the second time domain resource is determined according to the first value and the second value. And when determining the second value, the determination result may be a decimal, so that the result is more accurate. Alternatively, when determining the second time-domain resource, the second value may not be used, but directly based on the first value, the number of uplink time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource, and the special The number of time-domain resource units and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit determine the second time-domain resource, and there is no limitation on the calculation process.
结合第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式或第一方面的第二种可选的实施方式,在第一方面的第三种可选的实施方式中,所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息确定的;或,所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定的;或,所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及第一信息确定的。其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中不可用的时域资源单元。With reference to the first optional implementation manner of the first aspect or the second optional implementation manner of the first aspect, in a third optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the first time domain resource includes The number of uplink time domain resource units and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is based on the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource and the first The number of time-domain resource units included in the time-domain resource, and determined according to time-division duplex configuration information and/or first information; or, the number and/or number of uplink time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource Or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is determined according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource; or, the first time domain resource includes The number of uplink time domain resource units and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is based on the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. A certain information. Wherein, the first information is used to determine unavailable time domain resource units in the first time domain resource.
第一配置信息所配置的第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,例如为第一时域资源包括的第一类时域资源单元的个数。所谓的第一时域资源包括的第一类时域资源单元,包括第一时域资源从起始时域位置开始到第一时域资源的结束时域位置为止所占用的全部时域资源单元。也就是说,第一配置信息所配置的时域资源单元的个数可能是不准确的,本申请实施例认为不能直接利用。因此,UE用于确定第二时域资源的第一时域资源所包括的上行时域资源单元和/或特殊时域资源单元的个数,可以是根据第一时域资源起始时域位置和第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息确定的,时分双工配置可用于确定下行时域资源单元,第一信息可用于确定不可用的时域资源单元,下行时域资源单元和不可用的时域资源单元都是需要排除的,因此这样确定 的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或特殊时域资源单元的个数较为准确。或者,网络设备配置的第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数可能是第二类时域资源单元的个数,第二类时域资源单元中可能不包括下行时域资源单元,那么上行时域资源单元的个数和/或特殊时域资源单元的个数也可根据第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定。或者,即使网络设备配置的第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数是第二类时域资源单元的个数,也可能会存在第一信息,因此,上行时域资源单元的个数和/或特殊时域资源单元的个数也可根据第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数和第一信息确定,这样可以使得确定结果较为准确。The number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource configured by the first configuration information is, for example, the number of first-type time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource. The first type of time domain resource units included in the so-called first time domain resources include all time domain resource units occupied by the first time domain resource from the start time domain position to the end time domain position of the first time domain resource . That is to say, the number of time-domain resource units configured by the first configuration information may be inaccurate, and this embodiment of the present application considers that it cannot be used directly. Therefore, the number of uplink time domain resource units and/or special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource used by the UE to determine the second time domain resource may be based on the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource and the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource, and determined according to the time-division duplex configuration information and/or the first information, the time-division duplex configuration can be used to determine the downlink time-domain resource unit, and the first information can be used to It is determined that unavailable time domain resource units, downlink time domain resource units and unavailable time domain resource units all need to be excluded, so the number of uplink time domain resource units and/or the number of special time domain resource units determined in this way The number is more accurate. Alternatively, the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource configured by the network device may be the number of the second type of time domain resource units, and the second type of time domain resource units may not include downlink time domain resource units, Then the number of uplink time domain resource units and/or the number of special time domain resource units may also be determined according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. Or, even if the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource configured by the network device is the number of time domain resource units of the second type, the first information may also exist. Therefore, the number of uplink time domain resource units The number and/or the number of special time-domain resource units may also be determined according to the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource and the first information, which can make the determination result more accurate.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第一方面的第三种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第一方面的第四种可选的实施方式中,所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置位于第一时域资源单元内,其中,所述第一时域资源单元是所述特殊时域资源单元,或,所述第一时域资源单元是位于所述特殊时域资源单元之后的第一个上行时域资源单元。网络设备配置的第一时域资源的起始时域位置,可以位于特殊时域资源单元内,或者,也可能是位于特殊时域资源单元之后的第一个上行时域资源单元。如果是位于特殊时域资源单元之后的第一个上行时域资源单元,那么可选的,UE可以变更TBoMS的起始时域位置,例如将TBoMS的起始时域位置变更为从该特殊时域资源单元内开始,由此可以充分利用资源。In combination with any of the first aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the first aspect to the third optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the fourth alternative implementation manner of the first aspect may be In a selected implementation manner, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special time domain resource unit, or, the The first time domain resource unit is the first uplink time domain resource unit after the special time domain resource unit. The initial time domain position of the first time domain resource configured by the network device may be located in the special time domain resource unit, or may be the first uplink time domain resource unit located after the special time domain resource unit. If it is the first uplink time domain resource unit after the special time domain resource unit, then optionally, the UE can change the start time domain position of TBoMS, for example, change the start time domain position of TBoMS to start from the special time domain start within domain resource units so that resources can be fully utilized.
第二方面,提供第二种通信方法,该方法可由网络设备执行,或由包括网络设备的更大设备执行,或由芯片系统或其他功能模块执行,该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现网络设备的功能,该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在网络设备中。可选的,网络设备例如为接入网设备,例如基站。该方法包括:向终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元;根据所述第一值以及所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,所述第一时域资源包括一个或多个特殊时域资源单元,所述第一值为分配给PUSCH的子时域资源单元的个数。网络设备也可采用与终端设备类似的方法来确定第二时域资源。In the second aspect, a second communication method is provided, and the method can be executed by a network device, or by a larger device including the network device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional modules can implement the network device function, the chip system or functional module is set in a network device, for example. Optionally, the network device is, for example, an access network device, such as a base station. The method includes: sending first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resources unit; determine a second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the second time domain resource is occupied by the first transport block to be sent Time-domain resources, the first time-domain resource includes one or more special time-domain resource units, and the first value is the number of sub-time-domain resource units allocated to the PUSCH. The network device may also use a method similar to that of the terminal device to determine the second time domain resource.
关于第二方面或第二方面的各种可选的实施方式以及相应的技术效果,可参考对于第一方面或第一方面的各种可选的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the second aspect or various optional implementations of the second aspect and corresponding technical effects, reference may be made to the introduction to the first aspect or the technical effects of various optional implementations of the first aspect.
第三方面,提供第三种通信方法,该方法可由终端设备执行,或由包括终端设备的更大设备执行,或由芯片系统或其他功能模块执行,该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现终端设备的功能,该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在终端设备中。该方法包括:从网络设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元,所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数为所述第一时域资源包括的第一类时域资源单元的个数;根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息,确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中不可用的时域资源单元。In the third aspect, a third communication method is provided, which can be performed by a terminal device, or by a larger device including the terminal device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional modules can realize the communication of the terminal device. function, the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in a terminal device. The method includes: receiving first configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resources unit, the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource is the number of first-type time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource; according to the initial The time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and according to the time division duplex configuration information and/or the first information, determine the second time domain resource, and the second time domain resource is A time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine an unavailable time domain resource unit in the first time domain resource.
本申请实施例中,为了防止网络设备所配置的时域资源单元个数不够准确,终端设备可重新确定TBoMS占用的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或特殊时域资源单元的个数,并根据重新确定的TBoMS占用的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或特殊时域资源单元的个数确定 第二时域资源,使得所确定的第二时域资源较为准确。In the embodiment of the present application, in order to prevent the number of time domain resource units configured by the network device from being accurate enough, the terminal device may re-determine the number of uplink time domain resource units occupied by TBoMS and/or the number of special time domain resource units, The second time domain resource is determined according to the re-determined number of uplink time domain resource units occupied by the TBoMS and/or the number of special time domain resource units, so that the determined second time domain resource is more accurate.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一信息为下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息用于指示取消所述第一时域资源中的部分或全部时域资源单元的上行传输,或,所述下行控制信息用于指示时域资源单元格式,所述时域资源单元格式用于指示所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的格式,或,所述下行控制信息用于调度在所述第一时域资源中的部分或全部时域资源单元上发送第二传输块,且所述第二传输块的优先级高于所述第一传输块的优先级;或,所述第一信息为随机接入响应,所述随机接入响应用于指示拒绝接入。这里给出了第一信息的几种实现方式,第一信息可以用于确定不可用的时域资源单元,因此根据第一信息能够确定第二时域资源。除了如上实现方式外,第一信息还可能有其他实现方式,具体不做限制。With reference to the third aspect, in a first optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the first information is downlink control information, and the downlink control information is used to indicate to cancel part or all of the first time domain resources. Uplink transmission of all time domain resource units, or, the downlink control information is used to indicate the time domain resource unit format, and the time domain resource unit format is used to indicate the format of the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource , or, the downlink control information is used to schedule a second transport block to be sent on some or all of the time domain resource units in the first time domain resource, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than that of the first time domain resource A priority of a transmission block; or, the first information is a random access response, and the random access response is used to indicate access rejection. Several implementations of the first information are given here. The first information can be used to determine unavailable time-domain resource units, so the second time-domain resource can be determined according to the first information. In addition to the above implementation methods, the first information may also have other implementation methods, which are not specifically limited.
关于第三方面或第三方面的各种可选的实施方式以及相应的技术效果,可参考对于第一方面或第一方面的各种可选的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the third aspect or various optional implementations of the third aspect and corresponding technical effects, reference may be made to the introduction of the first aspect or the technical effects of various optional implementations of the first aspect.
第四方面,提供第四种通信方法,该方法可由网络设备执行,或由包括网络设备的更大设备执行,或由芯片系统或其他功能模块执行,该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现网络设备的功能,该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在网络设备中。可选的,网络设备例如为接入网设备,例如基站。该方法包括:向终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元,所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数为所述第一时域资源包括的第一类时域资源单元的个数;根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息,确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中不可用的时域资源单元。网络设备也可采用与终端设备类似的方法来确定第二时域资源。In the fourth aspect, a fourth communication method is provided, which can be performed by a network device, or by a larger device including the network device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional modules can realize the communication of the network device. function, the chip system or functional module is set in a network device, for example. Optionally, the network device is, for example, an access network device, such as a base station. The method includes: sending first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resources unit, the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource is the number of first-type time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource; according to the initial The time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and according to the time division duplex configuration information and/or the first information, determine the second time domain resource, and the second time domain resource is A time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine an unavailable time domain resource unit in the first time domain resource. The network device may also use a method similar to that of the terminal device to determine the second time domain resource.
关于第四方面或第四方面的各种可选的实施方式以及相应的技术效果,可参考对于第一方面或第一方面的各种可选的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the fourth aspect or various optional implementations of the fourth aspect and corresponding technical effects, reference may be made to the introduction of the first aspect or the technical effects of various optional implementations of the first aspect.
第五方面,提供第五种通信方法,该方法可由终端设备执行,或由包括终端设备的更大设备执行,或由芯片系统或其他功能模块执行,该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现终端设备的功能,该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在终端设备中。该方法包括:从网络设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元,所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数为第二类时域资源单元的个数;根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,或,根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及第一信息确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中不可用的时域资源单元。In the fifth aspect, a fifth communication method is provided. This method can be executed by a terminal device, or by a larger device including the terminal device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional modules can realize the communication of the terminal device. function, the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in a terminal device. The method includes: receiving first configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resources unit, the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is the number of time domain resource units of the second type; determine the second time domain resource unit according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource A time domain resource, or, determine a second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information, and the second time domain resource is occupied by the first transmission block to be sent time-domain resources, wherein the first information is used to determine unavailable time-domain resource units in the first time-domain resources.
本申请实施例中,为了防止网络设备所配置的时域资源单元个数不够准确,终端设备可重新确定TBoMS占用的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或特殊时域资源单元的个数,并根据重新确定的TBoMS占用的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或特殊时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,使得所确定的第二时域资源较为准确。In the embodiment of the present application, in order to prevent the number of time domain resource units configured by the network device from being accurate enough, the terminal device may re-determine the number of uplink time domain resource units occupied by TBoMS and/or the number of special time domain resource units, The second time domain resource is determined according to the re-determined number of uplink time domain resource units occupied by the TBoMS and/or the number of special time domain resource units, so that the determined second time domain resource is more accurate.
关于第五方面或第五方面的各种可选的实施方式以及相应的技术效果,可参考对于第一方面或第一方面的各种可选的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。For the fifth aspect or various optional implementations of the fifth aspect and corresponding technical effects, reference may be made to the introduction of the first aspect or the technical effects of various optional implementations of the first aspect.
第六方面,提供第六种通信方法,该方法可由网络设备执行,或由包括网络设备的更大设备执行,或由芯片系统或其他功能模块执行,该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现网络设备的功能,该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在网络设备中。可选的,网络设备例如为接入网设备,例如基站。该方法包括:向终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元,所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数为第二类时域资源单元的个数;根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,或,根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及第一信息确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中不可用的时域资源单元。According to the sixth aspect, a sixth communication method is provided. This method can be executed by a network device, or by a larger device including the network device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional modules can realize the communication of the network device. function, the chip system or functional module is set in a network device, for example. Optionally, the network device is, for example, an access network device, such as a base station. The method includes: sending first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resources unit, the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is the number of time domain resource units of the second type; determine the second time domain resource unit according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource A time domain resource, or, determine a second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information, and the second time domain resource is occupied by the first transmission block to be sent time-domain resources, wherein the first information is used to determine unavailable time-domain resource units in the first time-domain resources.
关于第六方面或第六方面的各种可选的实施方式以及相应的技术效果,可参考对于第一方面或第一方面的各种可选的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。For the sixth aspect or various optional implementations of the sixth aspect and corresponding technical effects, reference may be made to the introduction of the first aspect or the technical effects of various optional implementations of the first aspect.
第七方面,提供第七种通信方法,该方法可由终端设备执行,或由包括终端设备的更大设备执行,或由芯片系统或其他功能模块执行,该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现终端设备的功能,该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在终端设备中。该方法包括:从网络设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元;根据第二信息以及第三值确定待发送的第一传输块占用的第二时域资源,所述第二信息为所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,或,所述第二信息是根据第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的取值,所述第三值大于1。本申请实施例引入了第三值,由此可以使得所确定的第二时域资源比发送第一传输块实际占用的时域资源要少,根据所确定的第二时域资源确定的能够承载的数据量就比较少。从而较多的资源承载较少的数据量,由此就能降低TBoMS所发送的数据的码率,提高TBoMS的覆盖。In the seventh aspect, a seventh communication method is provided, which can be performed by a terminal device, or by a larger device including the terminal device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional modules can realize the communication of the terminal device. function, the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in a terminal device. The method includes: receiving first configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resources unit; determine the second time domain resource occupied by the first transport block to be sent according to the second information and the third value, the second information being the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, or , the second information is a value determined according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, and the third value is greater than 1 . The embodiment of the present application introduces a third value, so that the determined second time-domain resources can be less than the time-domain resources actually occupied by sending the first transport block, and the bearer can be determined according to the determined second time-domain resources The amount of data is relatively small. Therefore, more resources carry less data volume, thereby reducing the code rate of data sent by the TBoMS and improving the coverage of the TBoMS.
第八方面,提供第八种通信方法,该方法可由网络设备执行,或由包括网络设备的更大设备执行,或由芯片系统或其他功能模块执行,该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现网络设备的功能,该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在网络设备中。可选的,网络设备例如为接入网设备,例如基站。该方法包括:向终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元;根据第二信息以及第三值确定待发送的第一传输块占用的第二时域资源,所述第二信息为所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,或,所述第二信息是根据第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的取值,所述第三值大于1。网络设备也可采用与终端设备类似的方法来确定第二时域资源。In the eighth aspect, an eighth communication method is provided, which can be performed by a network device, or by a larger device including the network device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional modules can realize the communication of the network device. function, the chip system or functional module is set in a network device, for example. Optionally, the network device is, for example, an access network device, such as a base station. The method includes: sending first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resources unit; determine the second time domain resource occupied by the first transport block to be sent according to the second information and the third value, the second information being the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, or , the second information is a value determined according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, and the third value is greater than 1 . The network device may also use a method similar to that of the terminal device to determine the second time domain resource.
第九方面,提供一种通信装置。所述通信装置可以为上述第一至第八方面中的任意一方面所述的终端设备。所述通信装置具备上述终端设备的功能。所述通信装置例如为终端设备,或为终端设备中的功能模块,例如基带装置或芯片系统等。一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置包括基带装置和射频装置。另一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置包括处理单元(有时也称为处理模块)和收发单元(有时也称为收发模块)。收发单元能够实现发送功能和接收功能,在收发单元实现发送功能时,可称为发送单元(有时也称为发送模块),在收发单元实现接收功能时,可称为接收单元(有时也称为接收模块)。发送单元和接收单元可以是同一个功能模块,该功能模块称为收发单元,该功能模块能实现发送功能 和接收功能;或者,发送单元和接收单元可以是不同的功能模块,收发单元是对这些功能模块的统称。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be the terminal device described in any one of the first to eighth aspects above. The communication device has the functions of the terminal device described above. The communication device is, for example, a terminal device, or a functional module in the terminal device, such as a baseband device or a chip system. In an optional implementation manner, the communication device includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device. In another optional implementation manner, the communication device includes a processing unit (also called a processing module sometimes) and a transceiver unit (also called a transceiver module sometimes). The transceiver unit can realize the sending function and the receiving function. When the transceiver unit realizes the sending function, it can be called the sending unit (sometimes also called the sending module). When the transceiver unit realizes the receiving function, it can be called the receiving unit (sometimes also called receiving module). The sending unit and the receiving unit can be the same functional module, which is called the transceiver unit, and this functional module can realize the sending function and the receiving function; or, the sending unit and the receiving unit can be different functional modules, and the transceiver unit is for these A general term for functional modules.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置还包括存储单元,所述处理单元用于与所述存储单元耦合,并执行所述存储单元中的程序或指令,使能所述通信装置执行上述第一至第八方面中的任意一方面所述的终端设备的功能。In an optional implementation manner, the communication device further includes a storage unit, and the processing unit is configured to be coupled to the storage unit, and execute programs or instructions in the storage unit to enable the communication device to Execute the function of the terminal device described in any one of the first to eighth aspects above.
第十方面,提供一种通信装置。所述通信装置可以为上述第一至第八方面中的任意一方面所述的网络设备。所述通信装置具备上述网络设备的功能。所述通信装置例如为网络设备,或为网络设备中的功能模块,例如基带装置或芯片系统等。一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置包括基带装置和射频装置。另一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置包括处理单元(有时也称为处理模块)和收发单元(有时也称为收发模块)。关于收发单元的实现方式可参考第九方面的介绍。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be the network device described in any one of the first to eighth aspects above. The communication device has the functions of the above-mentioned network device. The communication device is, for example, a network device, or a functional module in the network device, such as a baseband device or a chip system. In an optional implementation manner, the communication device includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device. In another optional implementation manner, the communication device includes a processing unit (also called a processing module sometimes) and a transceiver unit (also called a transceiver module sometimes). For the implementation of the transceiver unit, refer to the introduction of the ninth aspect.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置还包括存储单元,所述处理单元用于与所述存储单元耦合,并执行所述存储单元中的程序或指令,使能所述通信装置执行上述第一至第八方面中的任意一方面所述的网络设备的功能。In an optional implementation manner, the communication device further includes a storage unit, and the processing unit is configured to be coupled to the storage unit, and execute programs or instructions in the storage unit to enable the communication device to Execute the function of the network device described in any one of the first to eighth aspects above.
第十一方面,提供一种通信系统,所述通信系统包括第九方面所述的通信装置以及第十方面所述的通信装置。In an eleventh aspect, a communication system is provided, and the communication system includes the communication device described in the ninth aspect and the communication device described in the tenth aspect.
第十二方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序或指令,当其被运行时,使得上述各方面中终端设备或网络设备所执行的方法被实现。In a twelfth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store computer programs or instructions, and when it is executed, the method performed by the terminal device or network device in the above aspects is executed accomplish.
第十三方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得上述各方面所述的方法被实现。In a thirteenth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided, which enables the methods described in the above aspects to be implemented when it is run on a computer.
第十四方面,提供一种装置,包含用于执行本申请任一实施例所述方法的单元。In a fourteenth aspect, an apparatus is provided, including a unit for performing the method described in any embodiment of the present application.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为TBoMS的一种结构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a structure of TBoMS;
图2为本申请实施例的一种应用场景示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 3 is a flow chart of the first communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a second communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5A~图5B为本申请实施例中UE根据第二种通信方法确定TBoMS实际占用的时隙的两种示意图;5A-5B are two schematic diagrams of the UE determining the time slot actually occupied by the TBoMS according to the second communication method in the embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的第三种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a third communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7A~图7B为本申请实施例中UE根据第三种通信方法确定TBoMS实际占用的时隙的两种示意图;7A to 7B are two schematic diagrams of the UE determining the time slot actually occupied by the TBoMS according to the third communication method in the embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的第四种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a fourth communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的一种示意性框图;FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的终端设备的一种示意性框图;FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的网络设备的一种示意性框图。FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the purpose, technical solutions, and advantages of the embodiments of the present application clearer, the embodiments of the present application will be further described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
以下,对本申请实施例中的部分用语或概念进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。In the following, some terms or concepts in the embodiments of the present application are explained, so as to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art.
本申请实施例中,通信装置例如为终端设备,或者是设置在终端设备内的功能模块(例如芯片系统,或通信芯片),或者可以是具备终端设备功能的部件或组件,或者也可以是包括终端设备的较大设备。终端设备是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,可以是固定设备,移动设备、手持设备(例如手机)、可穿戴设备、车载设备,路侧单元(road side unit,RSU),或内置于上述设备中的无线装置(例如,通信模块,调制解调器,或电路系统等)。所述终端设备用于连接人,物,机器等,可广泛用于各种场景,例如包括但不限于以下场景:蜂窝通信、设备到设备通信(device-to-device,D2D)、车到一切(vehicle to everything,V2X)、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications,M2M/MTC)、物联网(internet of things,IoT)、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)、工业控制(industrial control)、无人驾驶(self driving)、远程医疗(remote medical)、智能电网(smart grid)、智能家具、智能办公、智能穿戴、智能交通,智慧城市(smart city)、无人机、机器人等场景的终端设备。所述终端设备有时可称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、终端、接入站、UE站、远方站、无线通信设备、或用户装置等等。为描述方便,本申请实施例将通信装置以UE为例进行说明。In the embodiment of the present application, the communication device is, for example, a terminal device, or a functional module (such as a chip system, or a communication chip) set in the terminal device, or it may be a component or component with the function of the terminal device, or it may include Larger devices for end devices. A terminal device is a device with a wireless transceiver function, which can be a fixed device, a mobile device, a handheld device (such as a mobile phone), a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted device, a roadside unit (RSU), or built into the above-mentioned devices Wireless devices in (for example, communication modules, modems, or circuit systems, etc.). The terminal device is used to connect people, things, machines, etc., and can be widely used in various scenarios, including but not limited to the following scenarios: cellular communication, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D), car-to-everything (vehicle to everything, V2X), machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (machine-to-machine/machine-type communications, M2M/MTC), Internet of things (Internet of things, IoT), virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) , augmented reality (augmented reality, AR), industrial control (industrial control), unmanned driving (self driving), telemedicine (remote medical), smart grid (smart grid), smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation , Terminal equipment for smart cities, drones, robots and other scenarios. The terminal equipment may sometimes be referred to as user equipment (user equipment, UE), terminal, access station, UE station, remote station, wireless communication device, or user device, etc. For convenience of description, in this embodiment of the present application, UE is taken as an example of a communication device for description.
本申请实施例中的网络设备,例如包括接入网设备,和/或核心网设备。所述接入网设备为具有无线收发功能的设备,用于与所述终端设备进行通信。所述接入网设备包括但不限于上述通信系统中的基地收发站(BTS),节点B(Node B),演进节点B(eNodeB/eNB,或gNodeB/gNB)、收发点(transmission reception point,TRP),第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)后续演进的基站,无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统中的接入节点,无线中继节点,无线回传节点等。所述基站可以是:宏基站,微基站,微微基站,小站,中继站等。多个基站可以支持上述提及的同一种接入技术的网络,也可以支持上述提及的不同接入技术的网络。基站可以包含一个或多个共站或非共站的传输接收点。网络设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器、集中单元(centralized unit,CU),和/或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)。网络设备还可以是服务器,可穿戴设备,或车载设备,RSU等。以下对接入网设备以为基站为例进行说明。所述通信系统中的多个网络设备可以为同一类型的基站,也可以为不同类型的基站。基站可以与终端设备进行通信,也可以通过中继站与终端设备进行通信。终端设备可以与不同接入技术中的多个基站进行通信。所述核心网设备用于实现移动管理,数据处理,会话管理,策略和计费等功能。不同接入技术的系统中实现核心网功能的设备名称可以不同,本申请实施例并不对此进行限定。以5G系统为例,所述核心网设备包括:访问和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)、或用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)等。The network devices in the embodiments of the present application include, for example, access network devices and/or core network devices. The access network device is a device with a wireless transceiver function, and is used for communicating with the terminal device. The access network equipment includes, but is not limited to, the base transceiver station (BTS), Node B (Node B), evolved Node B (eNodeB/eNB, or gNodeB/gNB), and a transmission reception point (transmission reception point) in the above-mentioned communication system. TRP), 3rd generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) subsequent evolution base station, wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi) system access node, wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, etc. The base station may be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a small station, a relay station, and the like. Multiple base stations may support the aforementioned networks of the same access technology, or may support the aforementioned networks of different access technologies. A base station may contain one or more co-sited or non-co-sited transmission and reception points. The network device may also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU), and/or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario. Network devices can also be servers, wearable devices, or vehicle-mounted devices, RSUs, etc. In the following, the base station is used as an example for the access network device to be described. The multiple network devices in the communication system may be base stations of the same type, or base stations of different types. The base station can communicate with the terminal equipment, and can also communicate with the terminal equipment through the relay station. A terminal device can communicate with multiple base stations in different access technologies. The core network equipment is used to implement functions such as mobility management, data processing, session management, policy and charging. The names of devices implementing core network functions in systems with different access technologies may be different, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. Taking the 5G system as an example, the core network equipment includes: access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF), session management function (session management function, SMF), or user plane function (user plane function, UPF) Wait.
本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备功能的通信装置可以是网络设备,也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备为例,描述 本申请实施例提供的技术方案。In the embodiment of the present application, the communication device for realizing the function of the network device may be a network device, or a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the network device. In the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described by taking the network device as an example for realizing the functions of the network devices.
TBoMS,即,在多个时隙的资源上承载一个传输块(实际上是承载编码后的传输块),目的是通过整合多个时隙上的资源,在发送传输块时可以采用更低的码率,进而提升覆盖。TBoMS, that is, to carry a transport block (actually a coded transport block) on resources of multiple time slots, the purpose is to integrate resources on multiple time slots, and use a lower transmission block when sending the transport block. Bit rate, thereby improving coverage.
TBoMS作为一个上位的传输概念,进一步存在一个下位的传输粒度,该下位的传输粒度称为TBoMS传输时机(transmission occasion of TBoMS,ToT),即,一个ToT理解为TBoMS的一个传输机会。一个TBoMS可包含一个或多个ToT,而一个ToT仅包含连续的上行传输。连续的上行传输可以理解为包含两个或更多个连续的上行时隙,或者包含一个特殊时隙外加一个或多个连续的上行时隙,且特殊时隙与上行时隙也是连续的。例如参考图1,为TBoMS和ToT的一种示意图。在图1中,TBoMS包括两个ToT,其中第一个ToT包括一个特殊时隙外加一个上行时隙,其中第二个ToT包括一个特殊时隙外加两个上行时隙。As a high-level transmission concept, TBoMS further has a lower transmission granularity, which is called TBoMS transmission occasion (transmission occasion of TBoMS, ToT), that is, a ToT is understood as a transmission opportunity of TBoMS. A TBoMS can include one or more ToTs, and a ToT only includes continuous uplink transmissions. Continuous uplink transmission can be understood as including two or more continuous uplink time slots, or including one special time slot plus one or more continuous uplink time slots, and the special time slot and uplink time slot are also continuous. For example, refer to FIG. 1 , which is a schematic diagram of TBoMS and ToT. In Fig. 1, TBoMS includes two ToTs, wherein the first ToT includes a special time slot plus an uplink time slot, and the second ToT includes a special time slot plus two uplink time slots.
本申请实施例中,对于名词的数目,除非特别说明,表示“单数名词或复数名词”,即"一个或多个”。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。例如,A/B,表示:A或B。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),表示:a,b,c,a和b,a和c,b和c,或a和b和c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In the embodiments of the present application, for the number of nouns, unless otherwise specified, it means "singular noun or plural noun", that is, "one or more". "At least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship. For example, A/B means: A or B. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one item (piece) of a, b, or c means: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a and b and c, where a, b, c Can be single or multiple.
本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的大小、内容、顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度等。例如,第一信息和第二信息,可以是同一个信息,也可以是不同的信息,且,这种名称也并不是表示这两个信息的内容、大小、优先级或者重要程度等的不同。另外,本申请所介绍的各个实施例中对于步骤的编号,只是为了区分不同的步骤,并不用于限定步骤之间的先后顺序。例如,步骤S301可以发生在步骤S302之前,或者可能发生在S302之后,或者也可能与S302同时发生。The ordinal numerals such as "first" and "second" mentioned in this embodiment of the application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the size, content, order, timing, priority, or importance of multiple objects. For example, the first information and the second information may be the same information or different information, and this name does not mean that the content, size, priority or importance of the two information are different. In addition, the numbering of the steps in the various embodiments introduced in this application is only for distinguishing different steps, and is not used to limit the order of the steps. For example, step S301 may occur before step S302, or may occur after step S302, or may occur simultaneously with step S302.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于第四代移动通信技术(the 4th generation,4G)系统中,例如长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统,或可以应用于5G系统中,例如新无线(new radio,NR)系统,或者还可以应用于下一代移动通信系统或其他类似的通信系统,具体的不做限制。另外本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)场景,例如NR-D2D场景等,或者可以应用于V2X场景,例如NR-V2X场景等。例如可应用于车联网,例如V2X、车与车(vehicle-to-vehicle,V2V)等,或可用于智能驾驶、辅助驾驶、或智能网联车等领域。如果应用于D2D场景,则通信双方可以均为UE。在下文的介绍过程中,以通信双方是网络设备和UE为例。The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to the fourth generation mobile communication technology (the 4th generation, 4G) system, such as the long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, or can be applied to the 5G system, such as the new wireless (new radio, NR) system, or may also be applied to a next-generation mobile communication system or other similar communication systems, without specific limitations. In addition, the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application may be applied to a device-to-device (device-to-device, D2D) scenario, such as an NR-D2D scenario, or may be applied to a V2X scenario, such as an NR-V2X scenario. For example, it can be applied to the Internet of Vehicles, such as V2X, vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), etc., or can be used in fields such as intelligent driving, assisted driving, or intelligent networked vehicles. If applied to a D2D scenario, both communication parties may be UEs. In the following introduction process, it is taken as an example that the communication parties are a network device and a UE.
请参见图2,为本申请实施例的一种应用场景。在图2中包括网络设备以及UE。其中,该网络设备例如工作在演进的通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入(evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access,E-UTRA)系统中,或者工作在NR系统中。终端设备能够与该网络设备通信。Please refer to FIG. 2 , which is an application scenario of the embodiment of this application. In Fig. 2, network equipment and UE are included. Wherein, the network device works, for example, in an evolved universal mobile telecommunications system terrestrial radio access (evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access, E-UTRA) system, or in an NR system. End devices are able to communicate with the network device.
图2中的网络设备例如为基站。其中,网络设备在不同的系统对应不同的设备,例如在4G系统中可以对应eNB,在5G系统中对应5G中的网络设备,例如gNB。在5G系统中网络设备也可以是LTE网络设备与NR网络设备混合组网的设备,与终端设备组成混合空口双连接(mixed radio-dual connectivity,MR-DC)。当然本申请实施例所提供的技术方 案也可以应用于未来的移动通信系统中,因此图2中的网络设备也可以对应未来的移动通信系统中的网络设备。图2都以网络设备是基站为例,实际上参考前文的介绍,网络设备还可以是RSU等设备。The network device in FIG. 2 is, for example, a base station. Wherein, the network equipment corresponds to different equipment in different systems, for example, in the 4G system, it may correspond to eNB, and in the 5G system, it may correspond to the network equipment in 5G, such as gNB. In the 5G system, the network equipment can also be a mixed networking equipment of LTE network equipment and NR network equipment, and form a mixed radio-dual connectivity (MR-DC) with terminal equipment. Of course, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to future mobile communication systems, so the network equipment in Figure 2 can also correspond to network equipment in future mobile communication systems. In Figure 2, the network device is a base station as an example. In fact, referring to the introduction above, the network device may also be a device such as an RSU.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例提供的技术方案。需要注意的是,在本申请的各个实施例对应的附图中,凡是用虚线表示的步骤均为可选的步骤。另外,本申请的各个实施例均以NR系统为例。The following describes the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application with reference to the accompanying drawings. It should be noted that, in the drawings corresponding to the various embodiments of the present application, all steps indicated by dotted lines are optional steps. In addition, each embodiment of the present application takes the NR system as an example.
本申请实施例提供第一种通信方法,请参见图3,为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中,以该方法应用于图2所示的网络架构为例。下文所述的终端设备例如为图2所示的网络架构中的终端设备,下文所述的第一网络设备例如为图2所示的网络架构中的网络设备。The embodiment of the present application provides a first communication method, please refer to FIG. 3 , which is a flow chart of the method. In the following introduction process, take this method applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 2 as an example. The terminal device described below is, for example, a terminal device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 2 , and the first network device described below is, for example, a network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 2 .
S301、网络设备向UE发送第一配置信息。相应的,UE从网络设备接收第一配置信息。S301. The network device sends first configuration information to the UE. Correspondingly, the UE receives first configuration information from the network device.
第一配置信息可配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数。第一时域资源例如为UE用于向网络设备发送待传输的传输块(例如称为第一传输块)的时域资源,但第一时域资源可能不是UE实际用于发送第一传输块的时域资源,即,第一时域资源只是网络设备配置的,但UE可能会进一步确定实际用于发送第一传输块的时域资源。第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元。该第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的类型例如包括上行时域资源单元、特殊时域资源单元、或下行时域资源单元中的一种或多种。其中,第一传输块能够占用的是上行时域资源单元,以及特殊时域资源单元内的部分子时域资源单元,对于下行时域资源单元以及特殊时域资源单元内的剩余子时域资源单元是不能占用的。也就是说,第一配置信息所指示的第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元,可能是第一传输块均能够占用的,也可能第一传输块只能占用其中的部分时域资源单元。The first configuration information may configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. The first time domain resource is, for example, the time domain resource used by the UE to send a transport block to be transmitted (for example, called the first transport block) to the network device, but the first time domain resource may not be actually used by the UE to send the first transport block The time domain resource, that is, the first time domain resource is only configured by the network device, but the UE may further determine the time domain resource actually used for sending the first transport block. The first time domain resource includes multiple time domain resource units. Types of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource include, for example, one or more of uplink time domain resource units, special time domain resource units, or downlink time domain resource units. Wherein, the first transport block can occupy the uplink time domain resource unit and some sub-time domain resource units in the special time domain resource unit. For the downlink time domain resource unit and the remaining sub-time domain resources in the special time domain resource unit Units are non-occupiable. That is to say, the time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource indicated by the first configuration information may be occupied by the first transport block, or the first transport block may only occupy part of the time-domain resource units. .
时域资源单元例如为子帧(subframe)、时隙、迷你时隙(mini-slot)或OFDM符号(也简称为符号(symbol))等。以时域资源单元是时隙为例,则这种传输方式可认为是TBoMS方式。另外,本申请实施例后文还将涉及特殊时域资源单元、上行时域资源单元、下行时域资源单元以及子时域资源单元等概念。时域资源单元、上行时域资源单元、下行时域资源单元以及特殊时域资源单元是同一类型的时间单元,例如时域资源单元为时隙,则特殊时域资源单元为特殊时隙,上行时域资源单元为上行时隙,下行时域资源单元为下行时隙。子时域资源单元是将时域资源单元进一步划分得到的,例如理解为,一个时域资源单元可包括一个或多个子时域资源单元。例如,时域资源单元为子帧,则子时域资源单元例如为时隙、迷你时隙或符号等;又例如,时域资源单元为时隙,则子时域资源单元例如为符号等。为了便于理解,在本申请实施例以及后文的各个实施例的介绍过程中,均以时域资源单元是时隙、特殊时域资源单元是特殊时隙、上行时域资源单元是上行时隙、下行时域资源单元是下行时隙、子时域资源单元是符号、传输方式是TBoMS方式为例进行介绍。也就是说,本申请实施例以及后文的各个实施例所述的时隙均可替换为时域资源单元、特殊时隙均可替换为特殊时域资源单元、上行时隙均可替换为上行时域资源单元、下行时隙均可替换为下行时域资源单元、符号均可替换为子时域资源单元。The time-domain resource unit is, for example, a subframe (subframe), a time slot, a mini-slot (mini-slot), or an OFDM symbol (also referred to as a symbol (symbol) for short). Taking the resource unit in the time domain as a time slot as an example, this transmission mode can be regarded as a TBoMS mode. In addition, the embodiments of the present application will also refer to concepts such as special time-domain resource units, uplink time-domain resource units, downlink time-domain resource units, and sub-time-domain resource units. The time domain resource unit, the uplink time domain resource unit, the downlink time domain resource unit and the special time domain resource unit are the same type of time unit. For example, the time domain resource unit is a time slot, and the special time domain resource unit is a special time slot. The time domain resource unit is an uplink time slot, and the downlink time domain resource unit is a downlink time slot. The sub-time-domain resource units are obtained by further dividing the time-domain resource units. For example, it can be understood that a time-domain resource unit may include one or more sub-time-domain resource units. For example, if the time-domain resource unit is a subframe, the sub-time-domain resource unit is, for example, a time slot, mini-slot, or symbol; for another example, if the time-domain resource unit is a time slot, the sub-time-domain resource unit is, for example, a symbol. For ease of understanding, in the introduction process of the embodiments of this application and the following embodiments, the time domain resource unit is a time slot, the special time domain resource unit is a special time slot, and the uplink time domain resource unit is an uplink time slot. 1. The downlink time domain resource unit is a downlink time slot, the sub-time domain resource unit is a symbol, and the transmission mode is TBoMS as an example. That is to say, the time slots described in the embodiments of this application and the following embodiments can be replaced by time domain resource units, special time slots can be replaced by special time domain resource units, and uplink time slots can be replaced by uplink time domain resource units. Both the time-domain resource unit and the downlink time slot can be replaced with downlink time-domain resource units, and the symbols can be replaced with sub-time-domain resource units.
可选的,第一配置信息还可配置第一时域资源的起始时域位置。或者,第一配置信息也可不必配置第一时域资源的起始时域位置。例如网络设备还会向UE发送调度信令,该调度信令例如为下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI),或者也可以是其他信令。该调度信令可调度第一传输块。UE可以确定从接收调度信令的时隙开始的第一时长 到达时需发送第一传输块,第一时长是UE从接收调度信令到发送传输块之间的时间间隔,是UE已知的。也就是说,UE根据接收调度信令的时刻就能确定第一时域资源的起始时域位置,无需第一配置信息配置。Optionally, the first configuration information may also configure the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource. Alternatively, the first configuration information does not need to configure the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource. For example, the network device will also send scheduling signaling to the UE, where the scheduling signaling is, for example, downlink control information (DCI), or other signaling. The scheduling signaling may schedule the first transport block. The UE can determine that the first transmission block needs to be sent when the first duration from the time slot receiving the scheduling signaling arrives. The first duration is the time interval between the UE receiving the scheduling signaling and sending the transmission block, which is known to the UE . That is to say, the UE can determine the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource according to the time when the scheduling signaling is received, without first configuration information configuration.
例如,网络设备向UE发送无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令,该RRC信令可指示多个配置信息,第一配置信息是其中的一个。多个配置信息中的每个配置信息都可以指示时域资源包括的时隙的个数,可选的,还可指示时域资源的起始时域位置。例如,时域资源的起始时域位置可以是一个时隙内的符号的编号,该时隙为时域资源的起始时隙,该符号为时域资源的起始符号。不同的配置信息所指示的时域资源包括的时隙的个数相同或不同,和/或,不同的配置信息所指示的时域资源的起始时域位置相同或不同。例如在RRC信令中,多个配置信息包括在时域资源配置(time domain resource allocation,TDRA)中,TDRA以表格或多个条目的形式呈现,如果以表格形式呈现,该表格的每一行就可理解为一个配置信息,如果以多个条目的形式呈现,则每个条目就可理解为一个配置信息。或者,多个配置信息在RRC信令中也可以通过其他形式呈现。For example, the network device sends radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling to the UE, where the RRC signaling may indicate multiple configuration information, and the first configuration information is one of them. Each piece of configuration information in the plurality of configuration information may indicate the number of time slots included in the time domain resource, and optionally, may also indicate the initial time domain position of the time domain resource. For example, the starting time domain position of the time domain resource may be the number of a symbol in a time slot, where the time slot is the starting time slot of the time domain resource, and the symbol is the starting symbol of the time domain resource. The time domain resources indicated by different configuration information include the same or different numbers of time slots, and/or the time domain resources indicated by different configuration information have the same or different starting time domain positions. For example, in RRC signaling, a plurality of configuration information is included in time domain resource allocation (time domain resource allocation, TDRA), and TDRA is presented in the form of a table or multiple entries. If presented in a table form, each row of the table is It can be understood as a piece of configuration information. If it is presented in the form of multiple entries, each entry can be understood as a piece of configuration information. Alternatively, multiple pieces of configuration information may also be presented in other forms in the RRC signaling.
如果是如上这种情况,那么网络设备还可以向UE发送第一信令,第一信令例如为动态信令,例如DCI等,第一信令可指示第一配置信息。第一信令与调度信令可以是同一条信令,或者也可以是不同的信令。也就是说,RRC信令可能包括了多个配置信息,再通过第一信令指示其中的第一配置信息,则UE就能明确需要应用的是第一配置信息。S301中的第一配置信息可以认为包括在RRC信令中,也可以认为是包括在第一信令中。If this is the case above, the network device may also send first signaling to the UE. The first signaling is, for example, dynamic signaling, such as DCI. The first signaling may indicate the first configuration information. The first signaling and the scheduling signaling may be the same signaling, or may be different signaling. That is to say, the RRC signaling may include a plurality of configuration information, and the first configuration information is indicated through the first signaling, so that the UE can clearly determine that the first configuration information needs to be applied. The first configuration information in S301 may be considered to be included in the RRC signaling, or may be considered to be included in the first signaling.
或者,RRC信令只是包括第一配置信息,而不包括其他配置信息。如果是这种情况,则网络设备可不必向UE发送第一信令。此时,S301中的第一配置信息可认为包括在RRC信令中。Alternatively, the RRC signaling only includes the first configuration information and does not include other configuration information. If this is the case, the network device may not have to send the first signaling to the UE. At this point, the first configuration information in S301 may be considered to be included in the RRC signaling.
可选的,如上的RRC信令也可替换为其他类型的信令,例如媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)控制元素(control element,CE)等。Optionally, the above RRC signaling may also be replaced with other types of signaling, such as media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) and so on.
TBoMS可能占用特殊时隙,特殊时隙内可包括上行符号、下行符号以及灵活符号,能够用于发送上行信息的符号包括其中的上行符号和部分灵活符号(例如,这部分灵活符号是特殊时隙内包括的全部的灵活符号中,除了用于上下行转换的灵活符号之外剩余的灵活符号),也就是说,特殊时隙内并不是全部的符号都能够用于发送上行信息。因此,如果TBoMS占用了特殊时隙,要确定TBoMS占用的时域资源,或者说要确定第一传输块占用的时域资源,需要知道第一传输块在特殊时隙内究竟占用了多少个符号。那么,如果第一配置信息所指示的第一时域资源包括特殊时隙,则可选的,第一配置信息还可以配置第一时域资源在特殊时隙中占用的符号的个数。对此可理解为,第一配置信息还可以配置特殊时隙内用于承载TBoMS的符号个数,或者说,第一配置信息还可以配置特殊时隙内用于承载第一传输块的符号个数。例如,第一配置信息所配置的特殊时隙内用于承载TBoMS的符号个数为第一数量。其中,如果TBoMS占用了多个特殊时隙,则第一配置信息所配置的第一数量可以是TBoMS内在时域上的第一个ToT所包括的第一个特殊时隙内占用的符号的个数,或者,第一配置信息所配置的第一数量也可以是TBoMS内的任一个特殊时隙内占用的符号的个数。TBoMS may occupy a special time slot, which can include uplink symbols, downlink symbols and flexible symbols, and symbols that can be used to send uplink information include uplink symbols and some flexible symbols (for example, this part of flexible symbols is a special time slot Among all the flexible symbols included in the time slot, the remaining flexible symbols except the flexible symbols used for uplink and downlink conversion), that is to say, not all the symbols in the special time slot can be used to send uplink information. Therefore, if TBoMS occupies a special time slot, to determine the time domain resource occupied by TBoMS, or to determine the time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block, it is necessary to know how many symbols the first transmission block occupies in the special time slot . Then, if the first time domain resource indicated by the first configuration information includes a special time slot, then optionally, the first configuration information may further configure the number of symbols occupied by the first time domain resource in the special time slot. It can be understood that the first configuration information can also configure the number of symbols used to carry the TBoMS in the special time slot, or in other words, the first configuration information can also configure the number of symbols used to carry the first transport block in the special time slot. number. For example, the number of symbols used to bear the TBoMS in the special time slot configured by the first configuration information is the first number. Wherein, if the TBoMS occupies multiple special time slots, the first quantity configured in the first configuration information may be the number of symbols occupied in the first special time slot included in the first ToT in the time domain in the TBoMS number, or, the first number configured in the first configuration information may also be the number of symbols occupied in any special time slot in the TBoMS.
或者,第一配置信息也可以不配置第一数量,第一数量可由UE自行确定。例如,第一数量是TBoMS内在时域上的第一个ToT所包括的特殊时隙内占用的符号的个数,第一时域资源的起始时域位置例如位于第一时隙内,第一时隙就可能是TBoMS内在时域上的 一个ToT包括的特殊时隙,则UE根据第一时域资源的起始时域位置就能确定第一数量。或者,在第一配置信息不配置第一数量的情况下,如果第一时隙不是特殊时隙,而是上行时隙,且第一时域资源的起始时域位置位于第一时隙的第一个符号,且第一时隙的前一个时隙是特殊时隙,则UE依然可以确定TBoMS在该特殊时隙内占用的符号的数量(此时理解为,如果按照第一配置信息,则TBoMS在该特殊时隙内并未占用任何符号,但UE可以自行将第一时域资源的起始时域位置向前挪动,使得TBoMS在该特殊时隙内占用一个或多个符号,或者说,使得TBoMS的起始时域位置变更为位于该特殊时隙内,以充分利用资源),该数量也是第一数量。例如,此时的第一数量包括该特殊时隙内的全部上行符号,以及该特殊时隙内除了用于上下行转换的灵活符号外剩余的灵活符号。在这种方式下,相当于UE在确定TBoMS占用的时域资源时,将网络设备未指示的特殊时隙也纳入了计算过程,但由于这种计算方式是在使用TBoMS方式传输的情况下才会使用,如果不采用TBoMS方式传输则不必采用这种方式来确定传输所占用的时域资源,因此这种计算方式对于已有的非TBoMS方式下确定时域资源的方式并不影响。Alternatively, the first configuration information may not configure the first number, and the first number may be determined by the UE itself. For example, the first number is the number of symbols occupied in the special time slot included in the first ToT in the time domain in the TBoMS, and the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in the first time slot, for example. A time slot may be a special time slot included in a ToT in the internal time domain of TBoMS, and the UE can determine the first number according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource. Or, if the first configuration information does not configure the first number, if the first time slot is not a special time slot but an uplink time slot, and the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource is located at the The first symbol, and the previous time slot of the first time slot is a special time slot, then the UE can still determine the number of symbols occupied by the TBoMS in the special time slot (understood at this time, if according to the first configuration information, Then TBoMS does not occupy any symbols in this special time slot, but UE can move forward the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource by itself, so that TBoMS occupies one or more symbols in this special time slot, or That is, the initial time domain position of the TBoMS is changed to be located in the special time slot, so as to make full use of resources), and this number is also the first number. For example, the first quantity at this time includes all uplink symbols in the special time slot, and the remaining flexible symbols in the special time slot except the flexible symbols used for uplink and downlink conversion. In this way, when the UE determines the time domain resources occupied by TBoMS, it also includes the special time slots not indicated by the network equipment into the calculation process. It will be used. If TBoMS is not used for transmission, it is not necessary to use this method to determine the time domain resources occupied by transmission. Therefore, this calculation method does not affect the existing non-TBoMS method of determining time domain resources.
S302、UE根据第一值以及第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数,确定第二时域资源。或者说,UE根据第一值以及TBoMS(或,第一传输块)占用的上行时域资源单元的个数,确定第二时域资源。第二时域资源是UE待发送的传输块(例如称为第一传输块)占用的时域资源。或者说,UE根据第一值以及TBoMS占用的上行时域资源单元的个数,确定TBoMS所占用的时域资源(即,第二时域资源)。这里的第一时域资源是指第一配置信息所指示的时域资源,或者,如果UE按照前述步骤介绍的方式向前挪动了起始时域位置,则这里的第一时域资源是指UE挪动起始时域位置后TBoMS占用的时域资源。这里的第一时域资源可总体理解为,是网络设备所配置的用于发送第一传输块的时域资源。而第二时域资源是UE用来发送第一传输块的时域资源,第一时域资源与第二时域资源可能是相同的时域资源,也可能是不同或者不完全相同的时域资源。S302. The UE determines a second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. In other words, the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units occupied by the TBoMS (or, first transport block). The second time-domain resource is a time-domain resource occupied by a transport block (for example, called a first transport block) to be sent by the UE. In other words, the UE determines the time domain resources (that is, the second time domain resources) occupied by the TBoMS according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units occupied by the TBoMS. The first time domain resource here refers to the time domain resource indicated by the first configuration information, or if the UE moves forward the initial time domain position according to the method described in the preceding steps, the first time domain resource here refers to The time domain resources occupied by the TBoMS after the UE moves its initial time domain position. Here, the first time-domain resource may be generally understood as the time-domain resource configured by the network device for sending the first transport block. The second time-domain resource is the time-domain resource used by the UE to send the first transport block. The first time-domain resource and the second time-domain resource may be the same time-domain resource, or may be different or not completely the same time-domain resource. resource.
第一值例如用L表示,例如L理解为分配给物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)的子时域资源单元的个数。第一值可通过第一配置信息来配置,或者,第一值也可以通过协议预定义,或预配置在网络设备和UE中。其中,第一配置信息所配置的第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,也可以理解为,第一配置信息配置的是第一值的重复次数。For example, the first value is expressed by L, for example, L is understood as the number of sub-time domain resource units allocated to a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH). The first value may be configured through first configuration information, or the first value may also be predefined through a protocol, or preconfigured in the network device and the UE. Wherein, the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource configured by the first configuration information can also be understood as the number of repetitions of the first value configured by the first configuration information.
可选的,UE根据第一值以及TBoMS占用的上行时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,一种方式为:UE根据L、第一时域资源包括的上行时隙的个数(或者更准确来说,是TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数)、第一时域资源包括的特殊时隙的个数(或者更准确来说,是TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数)、以及第一数量,确定第二时域资源。可选的,第一值为14,或者也可以是其他取值,其他取值例如为小于14的正整数。例如,UE根据第一配置信息指示的第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数,和/或根据第一时域资源的起始时域位置,确定TBoMS占用的时隙范围,或者说该时域资源的范围,从而可以确定TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数以及TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数。或者,UE根据第一配置信息指示的第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数,和/或根据第一时域资源的起始时域位置,确定TBoMS的第一个ToT占用的时隙范围,或者说该时域资源的第一个ToT的范围,从而可以确定该ToT占用的上行时隙的个数以及该ToT占用的特殊时隙的个数,此时,用于确定第二时域资源的TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数可以是指该ToT占用的上行时隙的个数,用于确定 第二时域资源的TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数可以是指该ToT占用的特殊时隙的个数。Optionally, the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units occupied by the TBoMS. One way is: the UE determines the second time domain resource according to L, the number of uplink time slots included in the first time domain resource (or more precisely, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS), the number of special time slots included in the first time domain resource (or more precisely, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS) , and the first quantity, determine a second time domain resource. Optionally, the first value is 14, or other values, such as positive integers smaller than 14. For example, the UE determines the range of time slots occupied by the TBoMS according to the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource indicated by the first configuration information, and/or according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, or the The range of time domain resources, so that the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS and the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS can be determined. Or, the UE determines the time slot occupied by the first ToT of the TBoMS according to the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource indicated by the first configuration information, and/or according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource range, or the range of the first ToT of the time domain resource, so that the number of uplink time slots occupied by the ToT and the number of special time slots occupied by the ToT can be determined. At this time, it is used to determine the second time slot The number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS of the domain resource may refer to the number of uplink time slots occupied by the ToT, and the number of special time slots used to determine the TBoMS of the second time domain resource may refer to the number of uplink time slots occupied by the ToT. The number of special time slots.
例如,UE根据第一时域资源的起始时域位置、第一配置信息指示的时隙的个数(或者,第一配置信息指示的L的重复次数)、以及时分复用(time division duplexing,TDD)配比,可以确定第一时域资源的范围,或者说,确定第一时域资源的起始时域位置以及结束时域位置,此时所确定的结束时域位置的单位可以是符号,也可以是时隙。UE根据TDD配比以及第一时域资源的范围,能够确定该范围内实际包括的上行时隙和特殊时隙。TDD配比可指示上行时隙、下行时隙、以及特殊时隙的配置比例。For example, according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, the number of time slots indicated by the first configuration information (or the number of repetitions of L indicated by the first configuration information), and the time division multiplexing (time division duplexing) , TDD) ratio, the range of the first time domain resource can be determined, or in other words, the initial time domain position and the end time domain position of the first time domain resource can be determined, and the unit of the determined end time domain position at this time can be Symbols can also be slots. According to the TDD allocation ratio and the range of the first time domain resource, the UE can determine the uplink time slots and special time slots actually included in the range. The TDD configuration can indicate the allocation proportions of uplink time slots, downlink time slots, and special time slots.
在一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例中参与确定第二时域资源的上行时隙的个数,即,TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数,不一定是指实际的上行时隙,而是指TBoMS在其中占用的符号数大于或等于L的上行时隙。例如,UE确定该范围内实际上包括了3个上行时隙,TBoMS的起始时域位置位于这3个上行时隙中的第1个上行时隙,且TBoMS只占用了第1个上行时隙的部分符号,例如TBoMS在第1个上行时隙中占用的符号数小于L,而在另外两个上行时隙中,TBoMS占用的符号个数都大于或等于L。在这种情况下,UE可以确定,参与确定第二时域资源的上行时隙的个数为2,而不是3,即,第1个上行时隙此时不视为参与确定第二时域资源的上行时隙。另外,本申请实施例中参与确定第二时域资源的特殊时隙的个数,即,TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数,不一定是指实际的特殊时隙,而是指TBoMS在其中占用的符号数小于L的上行时隙。例如,UE确定该范围内实际上包括了3个上行时隙和1个特殊时隙,TBoMS的起始时域位置位于这3个上行时隙中的第1个上行时隙,且TBoMS只占用了第1个上行时隙的部分符号,例如TBoMS在第1个上行时隙中占用的符号数小于L,而在另外两个上行时隙中,TBoMS占用的符号个数都大于或等于L。另外,TBoMS在该特殊时隙中占用的符号数小于L。在这种情况下,UE可以确定,参与确定第二时域资源的特殊时隙的个数为2,而不是1,即,第1个上行时隙此时不视为参与确定第二时域资源的上行时隙,而是视为参与确定第二时域资源的特殊时隙。也就是说,本申请实施例中,UE在确定第一传输块占用的第二时域资源时所适用的上行时隙的个数以及特殊时隙的个数,是根据TBoMS在相应的时隙中占用的符号个数确定的,而并不一定是指真正的上行时隙、特殊时隙。In a possible implementation, the number of uplink time slots involved in determining the second time domain resource in this embodiment of the application, that is, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS does not necessarily refer to the actual uplink time slots , but refers to the uplink time slot in which the number of symbols occupied by the TBoMS is greater than or equal to L. For example, the UE determines that the range actually includes 3 uplink time slots, the starting time domain position of TBoMS is located in the first uplink time slot of the 3 uplink time slots, and TBoMS only occupies the first uplink time slot. For example, the number of symbols occupied by TBoMS in the first uplink time slot is less than L, while in the other two uplink time slots, the number of symbols occupied by TBoMS is greater than or equal to L. In this case, the UE may determine that the number of uplink time slots participating in the determination of resources in the second time domain is 2 instead of 3, that is, the first uplink time slot is not considered as participating in the determination of resources in the second time domain. The uplink time slot of the resource. In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the number of special time slots involved in determining the second time domain resource, that is, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS, does not necessarily refer to the actual special time slots, but refers to the number of special time slots in which TBoMS The number of symbols occupied is less than L uplink time slots. For example, the UE determines that the range actually includes 3 uplink time slots and 1 special time slot, the starting time domain position of TBoMS is located in the first uplink time slot of these 3 uplink time slots, and TBoMS only occupies For example, the number of symbols occupied by TBoMS in the first uplink time slot is less than L, while in the other two uplink time slots, the number of symbols occupied by TBoMS is greater than or equal to L. In addition, the number of symbols occupied by TBoMS in this special time slot is less than L. In this case, the UE may determine that the number of special time slots involved in determining resources in the second time domain is 2 instead of 1, that is, the first uplink time slot is not considered as participating in determining the resources in the second time domain. The uplink time slot of the resource is regarded as a special time slot participating in determining the second time domain resource. That is to say, in this embodiment of the application, the number of uplink time slots and the number of special time slots applicable to the UE when determining the second time domain resource occupied by the first transport block are based on the TBoMS in the corresponding time slot The number of symbols occupied is determined, and does not necessarily refer to the real uplink time slot or special time slot.
可选的,UE根据L、第一时域资源包括的上行时隙的个数(或者更准确来说,是TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数)、第一时域资源包括的特殊时隙的个数(或者更准确来说,是TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数)、以及第一数量,确定第二时域资源,例如一种方式为,UE根据L、TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数、TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数、以及第一数量,确定第二值,再根据L和第二值,确定第二时域资源。第二值例如为L的重复次数。当然这只是其中一种方式,或者UE也可以根据L、TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数、TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数、以及第一数量,直接确定第二时域资源,无需经历确定第二值的过程。下面介绍需要确定第二值的过程。Optionally, according to L, the number of uplink time slots included in the first time domain resource (or more precisely, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS), and the number of special time slots included in the first time domain resource The number of (or more precisely, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS), and the first number, determine the second time domain resource, for example, one way is, UE according to L, the uplink time slot occupied by TBoMS The number of L, the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS, and the first number determine the second value, and then determine the second time domain resource according to L and the second value. The second value is, for example, the number of repetitions of L. Of course, this is only one of the methods, or the UE can also directly determine the second time domain resource according to L, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS, and the first number, without going through The process of determining the second value. The process that needs to determine the second value is described below.
例如将第二值用K表示,UE根据L、TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数、TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数、以及第一数量,确定第二值,例如一种确定方式如下:For example, the second value is represented by K, and the UE determines the second value according to L, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS, and the first number, for example, a determination method is as follows:
K=M+N×(第一数量)/L      (公式1)K=M+N×(first quantity)/L (Formula 1)
其中,M表示TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数,N表示TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数,第一数量就是特殊时隙内用于承载TBoMS的符号个数。Wherein, M represents the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS, N represents the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS, and the first number is the number of symbols used to bear the TBoMS in the special time slot.
另外,UE再根据第一值和第二值确定第二时域资源,例如一种确定方式为:In addition, the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value, for example, a determination method is:
Q=L×K     (公式2)Q=L×K (Formula 2)
Q表示第二时域资源,可理解为,Q表示第二时域资源包括的符号的个数。举例来说,L=10,TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数为3,TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数为5,特殊时隙内用于承载TBoMS的符号个数为2,则根据公式1可知,K=5+3×2/10=5.6,Q=56。Q represents the second time domain resource, and it can be understood that Q represents the number of symbols included in the second time domain resource. For example, L=10, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS is 3, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS is 5, and the number of symbols used to carry TBoMS in special time slots is 2, then according to the formula 1, K=5+3×2/10=5.6, Q=56.
如果L=14,则根据公式1计算时,第一数量/L,可能得到的是除不尽的数值,因此可以额外增加向上取整或向下取整的过程,也就是说,公式1可以进一步更新为:If L=14, when calculating according to formula 1, the first quantity/L may obtain an indivisible value, so the process of rounding up or rounding down can be additionally added, that is to say, formula 1 can Further updated to:
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000001
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000002
表示对x向下取整。或者,公式1可以进一步更新为:
in,
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000002
Indicates that x is rounded down. Alternatively, Equation 1 can be further updated as:
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000003
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000004
表示对x向上取整。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000004
Indicates that x is rounded up.
至于究竟采用向上取整还是向下取整,可由UE自行确定,或者由网络设备配置,或者通过协议预定义等。Whether rounding up or rounding down is used can be determined by the UE itself, or configured by a network device, or predefined by a protocol.
举例来说,L=14,TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数为3,TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数为5,特殊时隙内用于承载TBoMS的符号个数为2。如果按照公式3,则
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000005
再根据公式2可得到Q=70。或者,如果按照公式4,则
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000006
再根据公式2可得到Q=84。
For example, L=14, the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS is 3, the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS is 5, and the number of symbols used to carry the TBoMS in the special time slots is 2. According to formula 3, then
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000005
According to Formula 2, Q=70 can be obtained. Or, if following Equation 4, then
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000006
According to Formula 2, Q=84 can be obtained.
另外,公式3和公式4是以对K进行取整为例。或者,在计算K时可以不必取整(例如可用公式1计算),但在计算Q时可以取整,例如在计算K时可采用公式1,计算Q时可采用修改的公式2,修改的公式2例如为
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000007
或者,修改的公式2例如为
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000008
In addition, Equation 3 and Equation 4 take the rounding of K as an example. Alternatively, it is not necessary to round when calculating K (for example, it can be calculated by formula 1), but it can be rounded when calculating Q. For example, formula 1 can be used when calculating K, and modified formula 2 can be used when calculating Q. The modified formula 2 for example
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000007
Alternatively, the modified Equation 2 is, for example,
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000008
例如,L=14,TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数为3,TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数为5,特殊时隙内用于承载TBoMS的符号个数为1,则根据公式1可知,
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000009
如果再结合公式
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000010
则Q=73,或者,如果再结合公式
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000011
则Q=73。
For example, L=14, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS is 3, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS is 5, and the number of symbols used to carry TBoMS in special time slots is 1, then according to formula 1, ,
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000009
If combined with the formula
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000010
Then Q=73, or, if combined with the formula
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000011
Then Q=73.
可选的,UE根据L、TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数、TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数、以及第一数量,确定第二时域资源,例如另一种方式为,UE根据TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数、TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数、以及第一数量,确定第二值,再根据L和第二值,确定第二时域资源。在这种方式下,UE在确定第二值时可无需使用L,能够减少第二值所依赖的参数的数量。当然这只是其中一种方式,或者UE也可以根据TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数、TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数、以及第一数量直接确定第二时域资源,无需经历确定第二值的过程。下面介绍需要确定第二值的过程。Optionally, the UE determines the second time domain resource according to L, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS, and the first number. The number of occupied uplink time slots, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS, and the first number determine a second value, and then determine a second time domain resource according to L and the second value. In this manner, the UE does not need to use L when determining the second value, which can reduce the number of parameters on which the second value depends. Of course, this is only one of the methods, or the UE can also directly determine the second time domain resource according to the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS, and the first number, without going through the process of determining the second time domain resource. value process. The process that needs to determine the second value is described below.
例如将第二值用K表示,UE根据TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数、TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数、以及第一数量,确定第二值,例如一种确定方式如下:For example, the second value is represented by K, and the UE determines the second value according to the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS, and the first number. For example, a determination method is as follows:
K=M+N×(第一数量)/14     (公式5)K=M+N×(first quantity)/14 (Formula 5)
其中,M表示TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数,N表示TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数,第一数量就是特殊时隙内用于承载TBoMS的符号个数。14这个常数例如为协议预定义,或者是网络设备预配置。或者公式5中的这个常数也可以理解为常数b,公式5以常数b的取值是14为例,或者该常数b也可以有其他取值。Wherein, M represents the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS, N represents the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS, and the first number is the number of symbols used to bear the TBoMS in the special time slot. 14 This constant is predefined for a protocol, or pre-configured for a network device, for example. Or the constant in Formula 5 can also be understood as a constant b, and the value of the constant b in Formula 5 is 14 as an example, or the constant b can also have other values.
另外,UE再根据第一值和第二值确定第二时域资源,确定方式可继续参考公式2。In addition, the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value, and the determination method may continue to refer to Formula 2.
Q表示第二时域资源,可理解为,Q表示第二时域资源包括的符号的个数。因为L=14,则根据公式5计算时,第一数量/14,可能得到的是除不尽的数值,因此可以额外增加向上取整或向下取整的过程,也就是说,公式5可以进一步更新为:Q represents the second time domain resource, and it can be understood that Q represents the number of symbols included in the second time domain resource. Because L=14, when calculating according to formula 5, the first quantity/14 may get an indivisible value, so the process of rounding up or rounding down can be additionally added, that is to say, formula 5 can Further updated to:
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000012
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000013
表示对x向下取整。或者,公式5可以进一步更新为:
in,
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000013
Indicates that x is rounded down. Alternatively, Equation 5 can be further updated as:
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000014
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000015
表示对x向上取整。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000015
Indicates that x is rounded up.
至于究竟采用向上取整还是向下取整,可由UE自行确定,或者由网络设备配置,或者通过协议预定义等。Whether rounding up or rounding down is used can be determined by the UE itself, or configured by a network device, or predefined by a protocol.
另外,公式6和公式7是以对K进行取整为例。或者,在计算K时可以不必取整(例如可用公式5计算),但在计算Q时可以取整,例如在计算K时可采用公式5,计算Q时可采用修改的公式2,修改的公式2可参考前文的介绍。In addition, Equation 6 and Equation 7 take the rounding of K as an example. Alternatively, it is not necessary to round when calculating K (for example, it can be calculated by formula 5), but it can be rounded when calculating Q. For example, formula 5 can be used when calculating K, and modified formula 2 can be used when calculating Q. The modified formula 2 can refer to the previous introduction.
例如,L=10,TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数为3,TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数为5,特殊时隙内用于承载TBoMS的符号个数为1,则根据公式5可知,
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000016
如果再结合公式
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000017
则Q=52,或者,如果再结合公式
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000018
则Q=53。
For example, L=10, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS is 3, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS is 5, and the number of symbols used to carry TBoMS in a special time slot is 1, then according to formula 5, it can be known ,
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000016
If combined with the formula
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000017
Then Q=52, or, if combined with the formula
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000018
Then Q=53.
当引入了特殊承载TBoMS之后,TBoMS或ToT占用的时隙数增大,但是符号数的增加却很少。例如L=14,特殊时隙中的符号配比为,下行符号:灵活符号:上行符号=10:2:2。如果TBoMS占用一个特殊时隙,则会导致TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数增加1,但是实际增加的符号数仅为2,即,通过特殊时隙,TBoMS只相当于多占用了2/L=1/7个上行时隙所能提供的资源。例如TBoMS占用了一个特殊时隙和一个上行时隙,L=10,如果直接通过L与TBoMS占用的时隙数相乘的方式来计算第二时域资源,那么计算结果为第二时域资源包括10×2=20个符号。但实际上,TBoMS只是占用了该上行时隙内的10个符号,以及特殊时隙内的2个符号,即,TBoMS只是占用了12个符号。可见,计算偏差是比较大的。因此本申请实施例中,对于TBoMS占用了特殊时隙的情况,可以考虑将TBoMS在特殊时隙内占用的资源以小数的方式计入,提高了所确定的时域资源的准确性。继续延用上述示例,如果按照本申请实施例的方式,则根据公式1,K=1+1×2/10=1.2,根据公式2可得Q=12。可以看到,通过本申请实施例提供的方式,可以使得所确定的第二时域资源更接近实际情况,更为准确。When the special bearer TBoMS is introduced, the number of time slots occupied by TBoMS or ToT increases, but the number of symbols increases very little. For example, L=14, the ratio of symbols in the special time slot is, downlink symbols:flexible symbols:uplink symbols=10:2:2. If TBoMS occupies a special time slot, it will cause the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS to increase by 1, but the actual number of symbols added is only 2, that is, through the special time slot, TBoMS is only equivalent to occupying 2/L more =Resources that can be provided by 1/7 uplink time slots. For example, TBoMS occupies a special time slot and an uplink time slot, L=10, if the second time domain resource is calculated directly by multiplying L and the number of time slots occupied by TBoMS, then the calculation result is the second time domain resource 10*2=20 symbols are included. But in fact, TBoMS only occupies 10 symbols in the uplink time slot and 2 symbols in the special time slot, that is, TBoMS only occupies 12 symbols. It can be seen that the calculation deviation is relatively large. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, for the case where the TBoMS occupies a special time slot, it may be considered to count the resources occupied by the TBoMS in the special time slot as decimals, which improves the accuracy of the determined time domain resources. Continuing to use the above example, according to the method of the embodiment of the present application, according to formula 1, K=1+1×2/10=1.2, and according to formula 2, Q=12 can be obtained. It can be seen that, through the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the determined second time domain resource can be closer to the actual situation and more accurate.
可选的,UE根据第一值以及TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数确定第二时域资源,另一种方式为:UE根据L以及TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数,确定第二时域资源。可选的,第一值为14,或者也可以是其他取值,其他取值例如为小于14的正整数。关于UE确定TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数的方式,可参考前文的介绍。也就是说,TBoMS可能占用特殊时隙,也可能不占用特殊时隙,无论TBoMS是否占用特殊时隙,在确定第二时域资源时,特殊时隙都不纳入计算过程,根据TBoMS资源的上行时隙的个数确定第二时域资源即可。在这种方式下所确定的第二时域资源可能会少于第一传输块实际要占用的时域资源,那么根据这样的第二时域资源所确定的能够承载的数据量较小,而第一传输块实际占用的时域资源较多,从而较多的时域资源只需承载较少的数据量,因此可以减小第一传输 块的码率。Optionally, the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS. Another way is: the UE determines the second time domain resource according to L and the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS. Domain resources. Optionally, the first value is 14, or other values, such as positive integers smaller than 14. For the manner in which the UE determines the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS, reference may be made to the foregoing introduction. That is to say, TBoMS may or may not occupy special time slots. No matter whether TBoMS occupies special time slots or not, when determining the second time domain resources, special time slots are not included in the calculation process. According to the uplink of TBoMS resources The number of time slots only needs to determine the second time domain resources. The second time domain resources determined in this manner may be less than the time domain resources actually occupied by the first transport block, so the amount of data that can be carried determined according to such second time domain resources is small, and The first transmission block actually occupies more time-domain resources, so more time-domain resources only need to carry a smaller amount of data, so the code rate of the first transmission block can be reduced.
或者,可选的,S302还有一种实现方式,这种实现方式为,UE根据L以及TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数,确定第二时域资源;或者,UE根据L以及第一时域资源内能够承载L个符号的时隙的个数,确定第二时域资源。这种实现方式下,第二时域资源的确定方式可参考公式2,公式2中的K此时表示TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数,或表示第一时域资源内能够承载L个符号的时隙的个数。Or, optionally, there is another implementation of S302. This implementation is that the UE determines the second time domain resource according to L and the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS; or, the UE determines the second time domain resource according to L and the first time domain The number of time slots capable of carrying L symbols in the resource determines the second time domain resource. In this implementation mode, the determination method of the second time domain resource can refer to formula 2. K in formula 2 indicates the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS, or indicates that L symbols can be carried in the first time domain resource The number of time slots.
这种实现方式与上一种可选的方式的区别是,在这种实现方式下,L可以大于14,或者理解为,L为TBoMS在所占用的多个时隙内的占用的符号数,或者,L为TBoMS的第一个ToT在所占用的多个时隙内的占用的符号数。在这种情况下,L包括了TBoMS在一个或多个时隙内占用的符号数。由于TBoMS在特殊时隙内占用的符号数并不多,且这些符号数已经纳入了L中,因此在确定第二时域资源时,可不再考虑TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数,而是考虑TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数(或者考虑第一时域资源内能够承载L个符号的时隙的个数)即可。这种实现方式也可以理解为,TBoMS在特殊时隙内占用的资源(例如,TBoMS在特殊时隙内占用的符号数)会纳入第二时域资源的确定过程,而特殊时隙的个数不纳入第二时域资源的确定过程。The difference between this implementation method and the previous optional method is that in this implementation method, L can be greater than 14, or it can be understood that L is the number of symbols occupied by TBoMS in multiple time slots occupied, Alternatively, L is the number of symbols occupied by the first ToT of the TBoMS in the multiple time slots occupied. In this case, L includes the number of symbols occupied by the TBoMS in one or more slots. Since the number of symbols occupied by TBoMS in a special time slot is not many, and these symbols have been included in L, when determining the second time domain resource, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS can no longer be considered, but The number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS (or the number of time slots capable of carrying L symbols in the first time domain resource) may be considered. This implementation can also be understood as that the resources occupied by TBoMS in a special time slot (for example, the number of symbols occupied by TBoMS in a special time slot) will be included in the determination process of the second time domain resource, and the number of special time slots It is not included in the determination process of the second time domain resource.
例如,L>14,第一时域资源的起始时域位置位于特殊时隙内,此时,如果要计算TBoMS的一个ToT占用的时域资源,则K可以是TBoMS的第一个ToT包括的连续的上行时隙的个数;或者,如果要计算TBoMS占用的时域资源,则K可以是TBoMS包括的上行时隙的总数。For example, if L>14, the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a special time slot. At this time, if the time domain resource occupied by a ToT of TBoMS is to be calculated, then K can be the first ToT of TBoMS including The number of consecutive uplink time slots; or, if the time domain resource occupied by TBoMS is to be calculated, K may be the total number of uplink time slots included in TBoMS.
由于L已经考虑了多个时隙的情况,因此K的计算过程较为简单,有利于简化第二时域资源的计算过程。Since L has already considered the situation of multiple time slots, the calculation process of K is relatively simple, which is beneficial to simplify the calculation process of the second time domain resource.
另外,可选的,如果TBoMS占用了特殊时隙,且网络设备未配置特殊时隙内用于传输物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)的频域资源,或者说网络设备未配置特殊时隙内用于传输第一传输块的频域资源,那么,TBoMS占用的特殊时隙中用于传输PUSCH的频域资源与上行时隙的第一个符号对应的频域资源相同,该上行时隙为该特殊时隙之后的下一个时隙,且该上行时隙的第一个符号也是被TBoMS占用的。这样做的效果是,可以使得特殊时隙和与该特殊时隙连续的上行时隙内的第一个符号处于相同的频域位置,便于联合特殊时隙和与该特殊时隙连续的上行时隙承载的DMRS进行信道估计。In addition, optionally, if TBoMS occupies a special time slot, and the network device has not configured the frequency domain resources used to transmit the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) in the special time slot, or the network device has not configured the special The frequency domain resource used to transmit the first transport block in the time slot, then the frequency domain resource used to transmit PUSCH in the special time slot occupied by TBoMS is the same as the frequency domain resource corresponding to the first symbol of the uplink time slot. The time slot is the next time slot after the special time slot, and the first symbol of the uplink time slot is also occupied by TBoMS. The effect of this is that the first symbol in the special time slot and the uplink time slot continuous with the special time slot can be in the same frequency domain position, which is convenient for combining the special time slot and the uplink time slot continuous with the special time slot. The DMRS carried by the slot performs channel estimation.
进一步的,在本申请的各个实施例中,确定第二时域资源之后,UE还可以根据第二时域资源以及TBoMS占用的频域资源等因素确定TBoMS占用的资源单元(resource element,RE)的个数,从而通过所确定的RE来发送第一传输块。对于该过程在此以及在后文均不多赘述。Further, in each embodiment of the present application, after determining the second time domain resource, the UE may also determine the resource element (resource element, RE) occupied by the TBoMS according to factors such as the second time domain resource and the frequency domain resource occupied by the TBoMS , so that the first transport block is sent through the determined RE. This process will not be described in detail here and below.
通过本申请实施例提供的技术方案,给出了在TBoMS占用特殊时隙的情况下确定TBoMS占用的时域资源的方法,使得TBoMS方式能够得以进行。且在计算K值时,计算结果可以是小数,从而使得计算结果更为准确。或者在计算K值时,特殊时隙个数可不参与计算,从而简化计算过程。Through the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, a method for determining the time domain resources occupied by the TBoMS under the condition that the TBoMS occupies a special time slot is given, so that the TBoMS mode can be implemented. And when calculating the K value, the calculation result can be a decimal, so that the calculation result is more accurate. Or when calculating the K value, the number of special time slots may not be involved in the calculation, thereby simplifying the calculation process.
在图3所示的实施例中介绍了,网络设备可配置第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数,由此可能带来的问题是,网络设备配置的第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数可能并不一定是TBoMS实际占用的时隙的个数,例如网络设备配置的该时隙个数中可能包括了下行时隙, UE如果根据网络设备配置的该时隙个数确定第二时域资源,可能导致UE的确定结果不准确。为此,本申请实施例提供第二种通信方法,通过该方法,即使网络设备配置的第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数不准确,UE所确定的TBoMS占用的时域资源也可以较为准确。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, it is introduced that the network device can configure the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource, which may cause a problem that the time slots included in the first time domain resource configured by the network device The number of slots may not necessarily be the number of time slots actually occupied by TBoMS. For example, the number of time slots configured by the network device may include downlink time slots. If the UE determines the number of time slots based on the number of time slots configured by the network device The second time domain resource may lead to an inaccurate determination result of the UE. For this reason, the embodiment of the present application provides a second communication method. By this method, even if the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource configured by the network device is inaccurate, the time domain resource determined by the UE to be occupied by the TBoMS can also be More accurate.
请参考图4,为该方法的流程图。Please refer to FIG. 4 , which is a flowchart of the method.
S401、网络设备向UE发送第一配置信息。相应的,UE从网络设备接收第一配置信息。S401. The network device sends first configuration information to the UE. Correspondingly, the UE receives first configuration information from the network device.
第一配置信息可配置第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数。第一时域资源例如为UE用于向网络设备发送待传输的传输块(例如称为第一传输块)的时域资源,第一时域资源包括多个时隙。可选的,第一配置信息还可配置第一时域资源的起始时域位置。或者,第一配置信息也可不必配置第一时域资源的起始时域位置,UE可根据调度信令确定第一时域资源的起始时域位置,对此可参考图3所示的实施例的S301。The first configuration information may configure the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource. The first time domain resource is, for example, a time domain resource used by the UE to send a transport block to be transmitted (for example, called a first transport block) to the network device, and the first time domain resource includes multiple time slots. Optionally, the first configuration information may also configure the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource. Alternatively, the first configuration information does not need to configure the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, and the UE may determine the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource according to the scheduling signaling. For this, reference may be made to the S301 of the embodiment.
本申请实施例中,第一配置信息所配置的第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数,例如为第一时域资源包括的第一类时隙的个数。所谓的第一时域资源包括的第一类时隙,包括第一时域资源从起始时域位置开始到第一时域资源的结束时域位置为止所占用的全部时隙,例如包括了第一时域资源从起始时域位置开始的连续的N个时隙,N为大于或等于2的整数。例如,该第一时域资源包括的第一类时隙可包括上行时隙、特殊时隙或下行时隙中的一种或多种。可理解为,按照TDD配比、第一时域资源的起始时域位置、以及第一时域资源的结束时域位置,可以确定第一时域资源所跨越的全部时隙,在这些时隙中可能会包括下行时隙,UE发送第一传输块时不能占用下行时隙,但网络设备所配置的第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数依然会纳入下行时隙。也就是说,TBoMS实际能够占用的时隙的个数,可能小于或等于第一配置信息所配置的时隙的个数,即,第一配置信息所配置的时隙的个数可能是不准确的,本申请实施例认为不能直接利用。In this embodiment of the present application, the number of time slots included in the first time-domain resource configured by the first configuration information is, for example, the number of first-type time slots included in the first time-domain resource. The first type of time slots included in the so-called first time domain resource includes all time slots occupied by the first time domain resource from the start time domain position to the end time domain position of the first time domain resource, for example, includes The first time domain resource is N consecutive time slots starting from the initial time domain position, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 2. For example, the first type of time slot included in the first time domain resource may include one or more of uplink time slots, special time slots or downlink time slots. It can be understood that, according to the TDD ratio, the start time domain position of the first time domain resource, and the end time domain position of the first time domain resource, all time slots spanned by the first time domain resource can be determined. The downlink time slot may be included in the slot, and the UE cannot occupy the downlink time slot when sending the first transport block, but the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource configured by the network device will still be included in the downlink time slot. That is to say, the number of time slots that TBoMS can actually occupy may be less than or equal to the number of time slots configured in the first configuration information, that is, the number of time slots configured in the first configuration information may be inaccurate Yes, the embodiment of this application considers that it cannot be used directly.
关于S401的更多内容,可参考图3所示的实施例中的S301。For more details about S401, refer to S301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
S402、UE根据该第一时域资源的起始时域位置和第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数,以及根据TDD配置信息(例如,TDD配比)和/或第一信息,确定第二时域资源。S402. The UE determines according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource and the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource, and according to TDD configuration information (for example, TDD configuration) and/or first information Second time domain resource.
例如,UE根据第一时域资源的起始时域位置、TDD配比、以及第一配置信息所配置的第一时域单元包括的时隙的个数,可以确定TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数,以及确定TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数,确定方式可参考图3所示的实施例的介绍。UE再根据第一值、TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数、TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数、以及特殊时隙内用于承载第一传输块的符号的个数,确定第二时域资源。或者,UE根据第一时域资源的起始时域位置、TDD配比、以及第一配置信息所配置的第一时域单元包括的时隙的个数,可以确定TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数,UE再根据第一值以TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数,确定第二时域资源。关于这部分内容,可参考图3所示的实施例的介绍。For example, the UE can determine the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, the TDD ratio, and the number of time slots included in the first time domain unit configured in the first configuration information. The number, and the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS can be determined with reference to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 . The UE then determines the second time domain according to the first value, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS, and the number of symbols used to carry the first transport block in the special time slot resource. Alternatively, the UE may determine the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, the TDD configuration, and the number of time slots included in the first time domain unit configured in the first configuration information. number, the UE determines the second time-domain resource according to the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS according to the first value. For this part of the content, reference may be made to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
例如参考图5A,第一配置信息指示的第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数为4,UE根据第一时域资源的起始时域位置、TDD配比、以及第一配置信息所配置的该时域单元包括的时隙的个数,确定这4个时隙包括了一个上行时隙、两个下行时隙、以及一个特殊时隙。那么UE确定这两个下行时隙不能作为实际包括的时隙,从而UE可确定第一时域资源包括的上行时隙的个数为1,以及第一时域资源包括的特殊时隙的个数为1。UE进一步根据图3所示的实施例介绍的方法就可以确定第二时域资源。For example, referring to FIG. 5A , the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource indicated by the first configuration information is 4. The configured number of time slots included in the time domain unit determines that the 4 time slots include one uplink time slot, two downlink time slots, and one special time slot. Then the UE determines that these two downlink time slots cannot be used as actually included time slots, so the UE can determine that the number of uplink time slots included in the first time domain resource is 1, and the number of special time slots included in the first time domain resource The number is 1. The UE can further determine the second time domain resource according to the method introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
可选的,除了根据TDD配比可能排除一些时隙之外,可能还会有一些放弃准则,根 据放弃准则也需要排除一些时隙,放弃准则可用于确定时域资源中不可用的时隙。或者,根据放弃准则可排除一些符号,也就是说,放弃准则可用于确定时域资源中不可用的符号,在下面的介绍过程中,以放弃准则用于确定时域资源中不可用的时隙为例。例如一种放弃准则为,网络设备发送第一信息,例如网络设备在用于传输第一传输块的第一时域资源的起始时域位置之前发送第一信息,第一信息可指示一个或多个时隙不可用,或者,第一信息并不直接指示一个或多个时隙不可用,但UE根据第一信息能够确定TBoMS不能占用这一个或多个时隙。UE接收第一信息后,就能确定一些时隙不可用,这些时隙可能包括上行时隙、下行时隙或特殊时隙中的一种或多种。如果这些时隙包括上行时隙和/或特殊时隙,那么TBoMS就不能再占用这些时隙,这些时隙也就不应纳入第二时域资源的计算过程。因此,如果存在放弃准则,那么UE可根据第一时域资源的起始时域位置、TDD配比、放弃准则、以及第一配置信息所配置的第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数,可以确定第一时域资源包括的上行时隙的个数,以及确定第一时域资源包括的特殊时隙的个数,确定方式可参考图3所示的实施例的介绍。UE再根据第一值、第一时域资源包括的上行时隙的个数、第一时域资源包括的特殊时隙的个数、以及特殊时隙内用于承载第一传输块的符号的个数,确定第二时域资源。或者,如果存在放弃准则,那么UE可根据第一时域资源的起始时域位置、TDD配比、放弃准则、以及第一配置信息所配置的第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数,可以确定第一时域资源包括的上行时隙的个数,UE再根据第一值以及第一时域资源包括的上行时隙的个数,确定第二时域资源。关于这部分内容,可参考图3所示的实施例的介绍。Optionally, in addition to possibly excluding some time slots according to the TDD ratio, there may also be some abandonment criteria. According to the abandonment criteria, some time slots also need to be excluded. The abandonment criteria can be used to determine unavailable time slots in time domain resources. Alternatively, some symbols can be excluded according to the abandonment criterion, that is, the abandonment criterion can be used to determine the unavailable symbols in the time domain resources. In the following introduction process, the abandonment criterion is used to determine the unavailable slots in the time domain resources as an example. For example, a waiver criterion is that the network device sends the first information, for example, the network device sends the first information before the start time domain position of the first time domain resource used to transmit the first transport block, and the first information may indicate one or Multiple time slots are unavailable, or the first information does not directly indicate that one or more time slots are unavailable, but the UE can determine that the TBoMS cannot occupy the one or more time slots according to the first information. After receiving the first information, the UE can determine that some time slots are unavailable, and these time slots may include one or more of uplink time slots, downlink time slots, or special time slots. If these time slots include uplink time slots and/or special time slots, TBoMS cannot occupy these time slots, and these time slots should not be included in the calculation process of the second time domain resources. Therefore, if there is a abandonment criterion, the UE can configure the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, the TDD ratio, the abandonment criterion, and the first configuration information , the number of uplink time slots included in the first time domain resource and the number of special time slots included in the first time domain resource may be determined. For the determination method, refer to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 . Then, according to the first value, the number of uplink time slots included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time slots included in the first time domain resource, and the number of symbols used to carry the first transport block in the special time slot number to determine the second time domain resource. Or, if there is a abandonment criterion, the UE may configure the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, the TDD ratio, the abandonment criterion, and the first configuration information The number of uplink time slots included in the first time domain resource may be determined, and the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time slots included in the first time domain resource. For this part of the content, reference may be made to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
可选的,第一信息例如为动态信令。例如,该动态信令可能用于指示取消第一时域资源中的部分或全部时隙(或,符号)的上行传输,或者说,该动态信令指示取消一个或多个时隙(或,符号)的上行传输,则这一个或多个时隙(或,符号)就不能用于TBoMS。又例如,该动态信令可能用于调度在第一时域资源包括的部分或全部时隙(或,符号)上发送第二传输块,或者说,该动态信令可能用于调度一个或多个时隙(或,符号)的上行传输,且传输的是除了第一传输块外的第二传输块,则这一个或多个时隙(或,符号)就不能用于TBoMS;或者,该动态信令可能用于调度在第一时域资源包括的部分或全部时隙(或,符号)上发送第二传输块,一个或多个时隙(或,符号)的上行传输,且传输的是除了第一传输块外的第二传输块,且第二传输块的优先级高于第一传输块的优先级,则这一个或多个时隙(或,符号)就不能用于TBoMS。再例如,该动态信令可指示时隙格式,该时隙格式可指示第一时域资源包括的时隙的格式,例如该时隙格式可指示第一时域资源包括的各类时隙(包括上行时隙、下行时隙或特殊时隙中的一种或多种)的配置比例,还可指示特殊时隙中的灵活符号的用途,例如指示特殊时隙中的灵活符号用于上行传输或下行传输;或者,该时隙格式可指示第一时域资源包括的各类时隙的用途,例如用于上行传输或下行传输;或者,该时隙格式可指示一个时隙包括的各类符号(包括下行符号、灵活符号、或上行符号中的一种或多种)分别所在的符号位置。例如该时隙格式指示,本来应该被TBoMS占用的一个或多个特殊时隙中的部分或全部灵活符号被使用为下行符号,那么TBoMS就不能再占用这些灵活符号,因此指示时隙格式的该动态信令视为放弃准则的一种形式。该动态信令例如为下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)或取消指示(cancellation indication,CI),或者也可以是其他类型的动态信令。Optionally, the first information is, for example, dynamic signaling. For example, the dynamic signaling may be used to indicate the cancellation of uplink transmission of some or all time slots (or symbols) in the first time domain resource, or in other words, the dynamic signaling indicates the cancellation of one or more time slots (or, symbols), the one or more time slots (or, symbols) cannot be used for TBoMS. For another example, the dynamic signaling may be used to schedule sending of the second transport block on some or all time slots (or symbols) included in the first time domain resource, or in other words, the dynamic signaling may be used to schedule one or more time slots (or, symbols) for uplink transmission, and the transmission is the second transport block except the first transport block, then the one or more time slots (or, symbols) cannot be used for TBoMS; or, the The dynamic signaling may be used to schedule the sending of the second transport block on some or all of the time slots (or symbols) included in the first time domain resource, uplink transmission of one or more time slots (or symbols), and the transmitted is the second transport block except the first transport block, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than that of the first transport block, then the one or more time slots (or symbols) cannot be used for TBoMS. For another example, the dynamic signaling may indicate a time slot format, and the time slot format may indicate the format of the time slots included in the first time domain resource, for example, the time slot format may indicate various types of time slots included in the first time domain resource ( including one or more of uplink time slots, downlink time slots or special time slots), and can also indicate the use of flexible symbols in special time slots, for example, indicating that flexible symbols in special time slots are used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission; or, the time slot format may indicate the use of various types of time slots included in the first time domain resource, for example, for uplink transmission or downlink transmission; or, the time slot format may indicate the various types of time slots included in a time slot Symbol positions where symbols (including one or more of downlink symbols, flexible symbols, or uplink symbols) are respectively located. For example, the time slot format indicates that some or all of the flexible symbols in one or more special time slots that should be occupied by TBoMS are used as downlink symbols, then TBoMS can no longer occupy these flexible symbols. Dynamic signaling is considered a form of waiver criteria. The dynamic signaling is, for example, downlink control information (DCI) or cancellation indication (cancellation indication, CI), or other types of dynamic signaling.
或者,可选的,第一信息例如为随机接入响应(random access response,RAR)。例如 该RAR用于指示拒绝接入,那么UE显然在接下来的时域资源上就不能发送第一传输块,因此第一信息视为放弃准则的一种。Or, optionally, the first information is, for example, a random access response (random access response, RAR). For example, if the RAR is used to indicate access denial, then the UE obviously cannot send the first transport block on the next time domain resource, so the first information is regarded as a kind of abandonment criterion.
例如参考图5B,以放弃准则是第一信息为例(S402也是以此为例),其中的T1表示网络设备发送第一信息的时刻,第一配置信息指示的第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数为4,UE根据第一时域资源的起始时域位置、TDD配比、以及第一配置信息所配置的该时域单元包括的时隙的个数,确定这4个时隙包括了一个特殊时隙、两个上行时隙、以及一个下行时隙。那么UE确定这一个下行时隙不能作为TBoMS实际占用的时隙。另外,第一信息例如指示这两个上行时隙中的第二个上行时隙不可用,则UE根据第一信息确定第二个上行时隙也不能作为TBoMS实际占用的时隙。这样UE可确定第一时域资源包括的上行时隙的个数为1,以及第一时域资源包括的特殊时隙的个数为1。UE进一步根据图3所示的实施例介绍的方法就可以确定第二时域资源。For example, referring to FIG. 5B , taking the discarding criterion as the first information as an example (S402 is also taken as an example), where T1 indicates the moment when the network device sends the first information, and the time included in the first time domain resource indicated by the first configuration information The number of slots is 4, and the UE determines the 4 time slots according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, the TDD ratio, and the number of time slots included in the time domain unit configured in the first configuration information. The slots include one special time slot, two uplink time slots, and one downlink time slot. Then the UE determines that this downlink time slot cannot be used as a time slot actually occupied by the TBoMS. In addition, the first information indicates, for example, that the second uplink time slot of the two uplink time slots is unavailable, and then the UE determines according to the first information that the second uplink time slot cannot be used as a time slot actually occupied by the TBoMS. In this way, the UE may determine that the number of uplink time slots included in the first time domain resource is 1, and the number of special time slots included in the first time domain resource is 1. The UE can further determine the second time domain resource according to the method introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
在本申请实施例中,放弃准则除了是网络设备发送的动态信令外,还可能有其他实现形式。例如,放弃准则也可能是用于调度上行控制信息的PUCCH,该PUCCH调度的上行控制信息需要占用第一时域资源包括的部分或全部时隙(或,符号),那么TBoMS就不能再占用这些时隙(或,符号),因此该PUCCH视为一种放弃准则。或者,该PUCCH调度的上行控制信息需要占用第一时域资源包括的部分或全部时隙(或,符号),且该上行控制信息的优先级高于第一传输块的优先级,在这种情况下TBoMS就不能再占用这些时隙(或,符号),因此该PUCCH视为一种放弃准则;而如果该上行控制信息的优先级低于第一传输块的优先级,则TBoMS还是可以继续占用这些时隙(或,符号),在这种情况下该PUCCH可不视为放弃准则。In the embodiment of the present application, besides the dynamic signaling sent by the network device, the renunciation criterion may also have other implementation forms. For example, the abandonment criterion may also be a PUCCH used to schedule uplink control information, and the uplink control information scheduled by the PUCCH needs to occupy part or all of the time slots (or symbols) included in the first time domain resource, then TBoMS can no longer occupy these time slot (or, symbol), so the PUCCH is regarded as a discard criterion. Or, the uplink control information scheduled by the PUCCH needs to occupy part or all of the time slots (or symbols) included in the first time domain resource, and the priority of the uplink control information is higher than the priority of the first transport block. In this case, TBoMS can no longer occupy these time slots (or symbols), so the PUCCH is regarded as a abandonment criterion; and if the priority of the uplink control information is lower than the priority of the first transport block, TBoMS can still continue These slots (or, symbols) are occupied, in which case the PUCCH may not be considered as a dropout criterion.
可选的,如果因为放弃准则使得TBoMS的过多时隙被占用,则导致TBoMS可用的资源减少,可能影响TBoMS的传输质量。因此,为了进一步保证传输TBoMS时的资源数量,可以规定,在调度TBoMS时,UE不期待网络设备的动态信令使得TBoMS范围内或TBoMS的首个ToT范围内的上行时隙和/或特殊时隙不可用,或者,UE不期待动态信令使得TBoMS所在的可用时隙不能传输TBoMS。或者可以规定,在调度TBoMS时,UE不期待网络设备在第一时刻之后的动态信令使得TBoMS范围内或TBoMS的首个ToT范围内的上行时隙和/或特殊时隙不可用,或者,UE不期待第一时刻之后的动态信令使得TBoMS所在的可用时隙不能传输TBoMS。或者可以规定,在第一范围内,UE不期待网络设备的动态信令使得TBoMS范围内或TBoMS的首个ToT范围内的上行时隙和/或特殊时隙不可用,或者,在第一范围内,UE不期待动态信令使得TBoMS所在的可用时隙不能传输TBoMS。可选的,第一范围例如为TBoMS的首个ToT所在的时域范围,或者,第一范围例如为TBoMS占用的全部时域范围,或者第一范围也可以是其他时域范围。可选的,第一范围还可能与冗余版本(redundancy version,RV)有关,例如相对其他RV版本来说,RV0和RV3承载了部分系统比特,重要性更高,对于这样的RV版本的信息需要保证资源数,不期望资源数被减少,因此第一范围可以是RV0和/或RV3对应的范围。当然这只是举例,第一范围不限于此。该规定例如由网络设备配置,或者也可以通过协议预定义。对于网络设备来说,在存在该规定的情况下,可以不发送或减少发送动态信令(例如不发送或减少发送包括第一信息的动态信令),尽量减少对于TBoMS资源的占用,提高TBoMS的传输质量。Optionally, if too many time slots of the TBoMS are occupied due to the abandonment criterion, the available resources of the TBoMS will be reduced, which may affect the transmission quality of the TBoMS. Therefore, in order to further ensure the number of resources when transmitting TBoMS, it can be stipulated that when scheduling TBoMS, the UE does not expect the dynamic signaling of the network equipment to make the uplink time slot and/or special time within the range of TBoMS or the first ToT range of TBoMS The slot is not available, or the UE does not expect dynamic signaling so that the TBoMS cannot be transmitted in the available time slot where the TBoMS is located. Or it may be stipulated that when scheduling TBoMS, the UE does not expect the dynamic signaling of the network equipment after the first moment to make the uplink time slots and/or special time slots within the TBoMS range or within the first ToT range of the TBoMS unavailable, or, The UE does not expect the dynamic signaling after the first moment to make the available time slot where the TBoMS is located unable to transmit the TBoMS. Or it may be stipulated that within the first range, the UE does not expect the dynamic signaling of the network equipment to make the uplink time slots and/or special time slots within the TBoMS range or within the first ToT range of the TBoMS unavailable, or, within the first range Within , the UE does not expect dynamic signaling so that the TBoMS cannot be transmitted in the available time slot where the TBoMS is located. Optionally, the first range is, for example, the time domain range where the first ToT of the TBoMS is located, or the first range is, for example, the entire time domain range occupied by the TBoMS, or the first range may also be other time domain ranges. Optionally, the first range may also be related to a redundancy version (Redundancy Version, RV). For example, compared with other RV versions, RV0 and RV3 carry some system bits, which are more important. For such RV version information The number of resources needs to be guaranteed, and the number of resources is not expected to be reduced, so the first range may be the range corresponding to RV0 and/or RV3. Of course, this is just an example, and the first range is not limited thereto. This specification is configured, for example, by a network device or can also be predefined by a protocol. For network devices, in the presence of this provision, dynamic signaling may not be sent or reduced (for example, dynamic signaling including the first information may not be sent or reduced), so as to minimize the occupation of TBoMS resources and improve TBoMS transmission quality.
关于本申请实施例的更多实施细节,均可参考图3所示的实施例的介绍。For more implementation details of the embodiment of the present application, reference may be made to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
本申请实施例中,为了防止网络设备所配置的时隙个数不够准确,UE可重新确定 TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数和/或特殊时隙的个数,并根据重新确定的TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数和/或特殊时隙的个数确定第二时域资源,使得所确定的第二时域资源较为准确。In this embodiment of the application, in order to prevent the number of time slots configured by the network device from being accurate enough, the UE can re-determine the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS and/or the number of special time slots, and The number of uplink time slots and/or the number of special time slots determine the second time domain resources, so that the determined second time domain resources are more accurate.
在本申请实施例的介绍过程中,已介绍了本申请实施例与图3所示的实施例相结合的方式,除此之外,图3所示的实施例中也可以结合本申请实施例的技术方案。例如,图3所示的实施例中,TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数和/或TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数,可以是根据第一时域资源的起始时域位置和第一配置信息配置的第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数,以及根据TDD配比和/或第一信息确定的,即,图3所示的实施例中,TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数和/或TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数,可以是采用本申请实施例所述的方法确定的。In the process of introducing the embodiment of the present application, the combination of the embodiment of the present application and the embodiment shown in Figure 3 has been introduced. In addition, the embodiment shown in Figure 3 can also be combined with the embodiment of the present application technical solutions. For example, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS and/or the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS may be based on the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource and the first The number of time slots included in the first time domain resource configured by the configuration information, and determined according to the TDD ratio and/or the first information, that is, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS The number and/or the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS can be determined by using the method described in the embodiment of this application.
在图4所示的实施例中介绍了,网络设备配置的第一时域资源包括的时隙个数可能是第一类时隙的个数,或者还有一种可能,网络设备配置的第一时域资源包括的时隙个数可能是第二类时隙的个数,第二类时隙中可能不包括下行时隙。也就是说,在图4所示的实施例中,UE实际发送第一传输块的时隙个数可能小于或等于网络设备所配置的时隙个数,而如果网络设备配置的是第二类时隙的个数,那么UE实际发送的第一传输块的时隙个数应该与网络设备配置的时隙个数相等。但即使是这种情况,也需要考虑放弃准则,否则可能导致UE确定的第二时域资源不够准确。为此,本申请实施例提供第四种通信方法,请参考图6,为该方法的流程图。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, it is introduced that the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource configured by the network device may be the number of the first type of time slots, or there is another possibility that the first time domain resource configured by the network device includes the number of time slots of the first type. The number of time slots included in the time domain resources may be the number of the second type of time slots, and the second type of time slots may not include downlink time slots. That is to say, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , the number of time slots for the UE to actually send the first transport block may be less than or equal to the number of time slots configured by the network device, and if the network device configures the second type The number of time slots, then the number of time slots of the first transport block actually sent by the UE should be equal to the number of time slots configured by the network device. But even in this case, the abandonment criterion needs to be considered, otherwise the second time domain resources determined by the UE may not be accurate enough. To this end, the embodiment of the present application provides a fourth communication method, please refer to FIG. 6 , which is a flowchart of the method.
S601、网络设备向UE发送第一配置信息。相应的,UE从网络设备接收第一配置信息。S601. The network device sends first configuration information to the UE. Correspondingly, the UE receives first configuration information from the network device.
第一配置信息可配置第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数。第一时域资源例如为UE用于向网络设备发送待传输的传输块(例如称为第一传输块)的时域资源,第一时域资源包括多个时隙。可选的,第一配置信息还可配置第一时域资源的起始时域位置。或者,第一配置信息也可不必配置第一时域资源的起始时域位置,UE可根据调度信令确定第一时域资源的起始时域位置,对此可参考图3所示的实施例的S301。The first configuration information may configure the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource. The first time domain resource is, for example, a time domain resource used by the UE to send a transport block to be transmitted (for example, called a first transport block) to the network device, and the first time domain resource includes multiple time slots. Optionally, the first configuration information may also configure the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource. Alternatively, the first configuration information does not need to configure the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, and the UE may determine the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource according to the scheduling signaling. For this, reference may be made to the S301 of the embodiment.
本申请实施例中,第一配置信息所配置的第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数,例如为该第一时域资源包括的第二类的时隙的个数。所谓的第二类时隙,例如不包括下行时隙,或者理解为,第一时域资源包括的第二类时隙,可包括第一时域资源从起始时域位置开始到结束时域位置为止所占用的除了下行时隙外的全部时隙。In this embodiment of the present application, the number of time slots included in the first time-domain resource configured by the first configuration information is, for example, the number of second-type time slots included in the first time-domain resource. The so-called second-type time slots, for example, do not include downlink time slots, or it can be understood that the second-type time slots included in the first time domain resources may include the first time domain resources from the start time domain position to the end time domain All the time slots occupied up to the position except the downlink time slot.
关于S601的更多内容,可参考图3所示的实施例中的S301。For more details about S601, refer to S301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
S602、UE根据第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数确定第二时域资源,或,UE根据第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数以及第一信息确定第二时域资源。S602. The UE determines the second time domain resource according to the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource, or the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource and first information.
例如,UE可根据第一配置信息所配置的第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数,确定第二时域资源。因为第一配置信息所配置的时隙个数就是第二类时隙个数,因此UE在确定第二时域资源时可直接利用第一配置信息所配置的时隙个数即可。例如,UE根据第一时域资源的起始时域位置以及第一配置信息所配置的第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数,可以确定TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数,以及确定TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数,确定方式可参考图3所示的实施例的介绍。UE再根据第一值、TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数、TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数、以及特殊时隙内用于承载第一传输块的符号的个数,确定第二时域资源。或者,UE根据第一时域资源的起始时域位置以及第一配置信息所配置的第一时 域单元包括的时隙的个数,可以确定TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数,UE再根据第一值以TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数,确定第二时域资源。可选的,UE这样处理的前提例如为,不考虑放弃准则(关于放弃准则可参考图4所示的实施例的介绍),或者虽然考虑放弃准则但并不存在放弃准则。关于这部分内容,可参考图3所示的实施例的介绍。For example, the UE may determine the second time domain resource according to the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource configured by the first configuration information. Because the number of time slots configured in the first configuration information is the number of time slots of the second type, the UE can directly use the number of time slots configured in the first configuration information when determining the second time domain resource. For example, the UE may determine the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource and the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource configured in the first configuration information, and determine For the determination method of the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS, refer to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 . The UE then determines the second time domain according to the first value, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS, the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS, and the number of symbols used to carry the first transport block in the special time slot resource. Alternatively, the UE may determine the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource and the number of time slots included in the first time domain unit configured in the first configuration information, and the UE then According to the first value, the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS is used to determine the second time domain resource. Optionally, the premise of such processing by the UE is, for example, that the abandonment criterion is not considered (for the abandonment criterion, refer to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 ), or there is no abandonment criterion although the abandonment criterion is considered. For this part of the content, reference may be made to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
或者,UE可根据第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数以及第一信息确定第二时域资源(这是以放弃准则通过第一信息实现为例),关于第一信息的实现方式等可参考图4所示的实施例的介绍。可选的,UE这样处理的前提例如为,考虑放弃准则且存在放弃准则。如果存在放弃准则,那么UE根据第一时域资源的起始时域位置、放弃准则、以及第一配置信息所配置的第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数,可以确定TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数,或者确定TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数以及确定TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数。在存在放弃准则的情况下,UE确定TBoMS占用的上行时隙(或特殊时隙)的个数,可能有不同的方式。例如,一种方式为,如果放弃准则指示第一时域资源中的n个时隙(或,符号)不可用,则确定TBoMS不占用这n个时隙(或,符号),n为正整数。也就是说,如果放弃准则指示某个上行时隙(或,特殊时隙)不可用,则UE确定该上行时隙(或特殊时隙)不属于TBoMS占用的可用的时隙,即,UE确定的TBoMS占用的时隙的个数可减1。进一步的,UE可根据第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数排除n之后的取值(可理解为,第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数减去n后得到的取值)确定第二时域资源。Alternatively, the UE may determine the second time domain resource according to the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource and the first information (this is an example where the abandonment criterion is realized through the first information), and the implementation of the first information, etc. Reference may be made to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 . Optionally, the premise of the UE's processing in this way is, for example, that the renunciation criterion is considered and there is a renunciation criterion. If there is a abandonment criterion, the UE can determine the uplink occupied by the TBoMS according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, the abandonment criterion, and the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource configured in the first configuration information The number of time slots, or determine the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS and the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS. In the case of a abandonment criterion, there may be different ways for the UE to determine the number of uplink time slots (or special time slots) occupied by the TBoMS. For example, one manner is, if the abandonment criterion indicates that n time slots (or, symbols) in the first time domain resource are unavailable, then determine that TBoMS does not occupy these n time slots (or, symbols), where n is a positive integer . That is to say, if the abandonment criterion indicates that a certain uplink time slot (or special time slot) is unavailable, the UE determines that the uplink time slot (or special time slot) does not belong to an available time slot occupied by TBoMS, that is, the UE determines The number of time slots occupied by the TBoMS can be reduced by 1. Further, the UE may exclude the value after n according to the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource (it can be understood as the value obtained after subtracting n from the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource) A second time domain resource is determined.
例如参考图7A,例如TBoMS将要占用1个特殊时隙和2个上行时隙,根据放弃准则确定其中第2个上行时隙不可用,放弃准则例如为图7A中网络设备在T1时刻发送的第一信息。UE根据放弃准则确定TBoMS不再占用第2个上行时隙,这样UE可确定TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数为1,例如图7A所示的TBoMS是最终的TBoMS。图7A还包括最右侧的一个上行时隙,该上行时隙不属于TBoMS。在这种方式下,TBoMS的位置不变,与网络设备指示的位置一致,有助于网络设备与UE保持统一,且减少对于后续业务占用的资源的影响。For example, referring to FIG. 7A, for example, TBoMS will occupy 1 special time slot and 2 uplink time slots, and it is determined that the second uplink time slot is unavailable according to the abandonment criterion. The abandonment criterion is, for example, the first time slot sent by the network device in FIG. a message. The UE determines that the TBoMS no longer occupies the second uplink time slot according to the abandonment criterion, so that the UE can determine that the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS is 1. For example, the TBoMS shown in FIG. 7A is the final TBoMS. FIG. 7A also includes an uplink time slot on the far right, which does not belong to the TBoMS. In this way, the position of the TBoMS remains unchanged, which is consistent with the position indicated by the network device, which helps to keep the network device and UE unified, and reduces the impact on resources occupied by subsequent services.
又例如,另一种方式为,如果放弃准则指示第一时域资源中的第二时隙(或,第二符号)不可用,则UE确定TBoMS不占用第二时隙(或,第二符号),但UE可使得TBoMS占用第三时隙(或,第三符号),第三时隙(或,第三符号)位于第二时隙(或,第二符号)之后。第二时隙(或,第二符号)包括的时隙(或,符号)个数为n,第三时隙(或,符号)包括的时隙(或,符号)个数为n,n为正整数。也就是说,如果放弃准则指示某个上行时隙(或,特殊时隙)不可用,则UE确定该上行时隙(或特殊时隙)不属于TBoMS占用的时隙,但UE可将TBoMS的结束时域位置向后移动,例如移动后的TBoMS可占用原本的TBoMS结束后的第一个上行时隙(或特殊时隙),以补充被占用的时隙。进一步的,UE根据第一时域资源包括的时隙(或,符号)的个数确定第二时域资源,其中,第一时域资源不包括第二时隙(或,第二符号),以及包括第三时隙(或,第三符号),第二时隙(或,第二符号)以及第三时隙(或,第三符号)包括的时隙(或,符号)的个数均为n,第二时隙是第一信息指示的不可用的时隙(或,符号),第三时隙(或,第三符号)位于第二时隙(或,第二符号)之后。For another example, another way is that if the abandonment criterion indicates that the second time slot (or, the second symbol) in the first time domain resource is not available, then the UE determines that the TBoMS does not occupy the second time slot (or, the second symbol) ), but the UE may cause the TBoMS to occupy the third slot (or, the third symbol), and the third slot (or, the third symbol) is located after the second slot (or, the second symbol). The number of time slots (or, symbols) included in the second time slot (or, the second symbol) is n, and the number of time slots (or, symbols) included in the third time slot (or, symbols) is n, and n is positive integer. That is to say, if the abandonment criterion indicates that a certain uplink time slot (or special time slot) is not available, the UE determines that the uplink time slot (or special time slot) does not belong to the time slot occupied by the TBoMS, but the UE can use the TBoMS The end time domain position moves backward, for example, the moved TBoMS can occupy the first uplink time slot (or special time slot) after the end of the original TBoMS to supplement the occupied time slot. Further, the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the number of time slots (or, symbols) included in the first time domain resource, where the first time domain resource does not include the second time slot (or, second symbol), And including the third time slot (or, the third symbol), the second time slot (or, the second symbol) and the number of the time slots (or, the symbols) included in the third time slot (or, the third symbol) are equal is n, the second time slot is an unavailable time slot (or, symbol) indicated by the first information, and the third time slot (or, the third symbol) is located after the second time slot (or, the second symbol).
例如参考图7B,例如TBoMS将要占用1个特殊时隙和2个上行时隙,根据放弃准则确定其中第2个上行时隙不可用,则UE确定TBoMS不再占用第2个上行时隙,但UE可将TBoMS的结束时域位置向后移动,使得TBoMS占用原本的TBoMS结束后的第一个上 行时隙,即,图7B中最右侧的上行时隙,例如图7B中所示的TBoMS就是移动后的TBoMS,这样UE可确定TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数依然是2。在这种方式下,TBoMS的结束时域位置可能发生变化,但是TBoMS的资源数可能不变,能够减小对于TBoMS传输质量的影响。For example, referring to FIG. 7B , for example, TBoMS will occupy 1 special time slot and 2 uplink time slots, and the second uplink time slot is determined to be unavailable according to the abandonment criterion, then the UE determines that TBoMS will no longer occupy the second uplink time slot, but The UE can move the end time domain position of TBoMS backwards, so that TBoMS occupies the first uplink time slot after the end of the original TBoMS, that is, the rightmost uplink time slot in Figure 7B, such as the TBoMS shown in Figure 7B It is the TBoMS after moving, so that the UE can determine that the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS is still 2. In this way, the end time domain position of the TBoMS may change, but the resource number of the TBoMS may not change, which can reduce the impact on the TBoMS transmission quality.
无论采用如上哪种方式,UE确定TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数,以及确定TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数,确定方式可参考图3所示的实施例的介绍。UE再根据第一值、该TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数、TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数、以及特殊时隙内用于承载第一传输块的符号的个数,确定第二时域资源。或者,UE确定TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数,再根据第一值以TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数,确定第二时域资源。关于这部分内容,可参考图3所示的实施例的介绍。Regardless of which of the above methods is adopted, the UE determines the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS and the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS. For the determination method, refer to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 . The UE then determines the second time slot according to the first value, the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS, the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS, and the number of symbols used to carry the first transport block in the special time slot. Domain resources. Alternatively, the UE determines the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS, and then determines the second time domain resource by using the number of uplink time slots occupied by the TBoMS according to the first value. For this part of the content, reference may be made to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
可选的,如果因为放弃准则使得TBoMS的过多时隙被占用,则导致TBoMS可用的资源减少,可能影响TBoMS的传输质量。因此,为了进一步保证传输TBoMS时的资源数量,可以规定,在调度TBoMS时,UE不期待网络设备在第一时刻之后的动态信令使得TBoMS范围内或TBoMS的首个ToT范围内的上行时隙和/或特殊时隙不可用,或者,UE不期待第一时刻之后的动态信令使得TBoMS所在的可用时隙不能传输TBoMS。或者可以规定,在第一范围内,UE不期待网络设备的动态信令使得TBoMS范围内或TBoMS的首个ToT范围内的上行时隙和/或特殊时隙不可用,或者,在第一范围内,UE不期待动态信令使得TBoMS所在的可用时隙不能传输TBoMS。关于第一范围的介绍可参考图4所示的实施例。该规定例如由网络设备配置,或者也可以通过协议预定义。对于网络设备来说,在存在该规定的情况下,在第一范围内或在第一时刻后可以不发送或减少发送动态信令(例如不发送或减少发送包括第一信息的动态信令),尽量减少对于TBoMS资源的占用,提高TBoMS的传输质量。Optionally, if too many time slots of the TBoMS are occupied due to the abandonment criterion, the available resources of the TBoMS will be reduced, which may affect the transmission quality of the TBoMS. Therefore, in order to further ensure the number of resources when transmitting TBoMS, it can be stipulated that when scheduling TBoMS, the UE does not expect the dynamic signaling of the network equipment after the first moment to make the uplink time slots within the range of TBoMS or within the first ToT range of TBoMS And/or the special time slot is unavailable, or the UE does not expect the dynamic signaling after the first moment so that the available time slot where the TBoMS is located cannot transmit the TBoMS. Or it may be stipulated that within the first range, the UE does not expect the dynamic signaling of the network equipment to make the uplink time slots and/or special time slots within the TBoMS range or within the first ToT range of the TBoMS unavailable, or, within the first range Within , the UE does not expect dynamic signaling so that the TBoMS cannot be transmitted in the available time slot where the TBoMS is located. For the introduction of the first range, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 . This specification is configured, for example, by a network device or can also be predefined by a protocol. For the network device, under the condition that this provision exists, within the first range or after the first moment, no dynamic signaling may be sent or reduced (for example, no dynamic signaling including the first information may be sent or reduced) , minimize the occupation of TBoMS resources, and improve the transmission quality of TBoMS.
关于本申请实施例的更多实施细节,均可参考图3所示的实施例的介绍,和/或参考图4所示的实施例的介绍。For more implementation details of the embodiment of the present application, reference may be made to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 and/or to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 .
本申请实施例中,为了防止网络设备所配置的时隙个数不够准确,UE可重新确定TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数和/或特殊时隙的个数,并根据重新确定的TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数和/或特殊时隙的个数确定第二时域资源,使得所确定的第二时域资源较为准确。In this embodiment of the application, in order to prevent the number of time slots configured by the network device from being accurate enough, the UE can re-determine the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS and/or the number of special time slots, and The number of uplink time slots and/or the number of special time slots determine the second time domain resources, so that the determined second time domain resources are more accurate.
在本申请实施例的介绍过程中,已介绍了本申请实施例与图3所示的实施例相结合的方式,除此之外,图3所示的实施例中也可以结合本申请实施例的技术方案。例如,图3所示的实施例中,TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数和/或TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数,可以是根据第一配置信息所配置的第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数确定的,或者是根据第一信息以及第一配置信息所配置的第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数确定的,即,图3所示的实施例中TBoMS占用的上行时隙的个数和/或TBoMS占用的特殊时隙的个数,可以是采用本申请实施例所述的方法确定的。In the process of introducing the embodiment of the present application, the combination of the embodiment of the present application and the embodiment shown in Figure 3 has been introduced. In addition, the embodiment shown in Figure 3 can also be combined with the embodiment of the present application technical solutions. For example, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, the number of uplink time slots occupied by TBoMS and/or the number of special time slots occupied by TBoMS may be included in the first time domain resource configured according to the first configuration information. The number of time slots is determined, or is determined according to the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource configured by the first information and the first configuration information, that is, the number of time slots occupied by the TBoMS in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 The number of uplink time slots and/or the number of special time slots occupied by the TBoMS may be determined by using the methods described in the embodiments of this application.
接下来再考虑一个问题。目前在发送传输块时,可以根据调制与编码策略(modulation and coding scheme,MCS),从表1中确定码率,根据表1可知,能够选择的最低的码率为0.0586。码率越低则覆盖范围越大,因此是期望码率能够进一步降低。为了降低码率,目前可采用重复传输的方式,例如一个时隙传输一个传输块,通过多个时隙可以对该传输块实现多次重复传输,这多次重复传输是分别编码的,从而重复传输一次就可降低一次码率。 例如重复传输1次,码率可以从0.0586降低到0.0586的1/2,再重复传输1次,码率可以从0.0293降低到0.0586的1/3。然而,TBoMS虽然占用了多个时隙,但并不是重复传输的过程,而是一次传输过程,这多个时隙是联合编码的,那么TBoMS的码率就只能从表1中选择,即,最低0.0586。Next consider another question. At present, when sending a transport block, the code rate can be determined from Table 1 according to the modulation and coding scheme (MCS). According to Table 1, the lowest code rate that can be selected is 0.0586. The lower the code rate is, the larger the coverage area is, so it is expected that the code rate can be further reduced. In order to reduce the code rate, the method of repeated transmission can be used at present. For example, a transmission block is transmitted in one time slot, and the transmission block can be transmitted repeatedly through multiple time slots. These repeated transmissions are coded separately, so that repeated The code rate can be reduced once for one transmission. For example, if the transmission is repeated once, the code rate can be reduced from 0.0586 to 1/2 of 0.0586, and if the transmission is repeated once, the code rate can be reduced from 0.0293 to 1/3 of 0.0586. However, although TBoMS occupies multiple time slots, it is not a process of repeated transmission, but a transmission process. These multiple time slots are jointly coded, so the code rate of TBoMS can only be selected from Table 1, that is, , the lowest is 0.0586.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000019
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的第四种通信方法,通过该方法,能够提高TBoMS的码率。请参考图8,为该方法的流程图。The fourth communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced below, through which the code rate of the TBoMS can be increased. Please refer to FIG. 8 , which is a flowchart of the method.
S801、网络设备向UE发送第一配置信息。相应的,UE从网络设备接收第一配置信息。S801. The network device sends first configuration information to the UE. Correspondingly, the UE receives first configuration information from the network device.
关于S801的更多内容,可参考图3所示的实施例的S301,或参考图4所示的实施例的S401,或参考图6所示的实施例的S601。For more information about S801, refer to S301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , or refer to S401 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , or refer to S601 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 .
S802、UE根据第二信息以及第三值确定第二时域资源。S802. The UE determines a second time domain resource according to the second information and the third value.
第二信息为第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数,可理解为,第二信息就是第一配置信息所指示的时隙的个数;或者,第二信息是根据第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数和/或第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的取值,可理解为,第二信息是根据第一配置信息指示的时隙的个数,和/或根据第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的取值。第三值例如大于1。可选的,可认为第三值指示第一时域资源的重复次数。第三值例如理解为第一参数的取值,第一参数也可称为重复参数或扩充系数等,或者还可以有其他名称。第一参数可用于降低码率。The second information is the number of time slots included in the first time domain resource. It can be understood that the second information is the number of time slots indicated by the first configuration information; or, the second information is based on the first time domain resource. The number of time slots included and/or the value determined by the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource can be understood as that the second information is the number of time slots indicated according to the first configuration information, and/or The value determined according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource. The third value is greater than 1, for example. Optionally, it may be considered that the third value indicates the number of repetitions of the first time-domain resource. The third value is, for example, understood to be the value of the first parameter, and the first parameter may also be called a repetition parameter or an expansion coefficient, or may have other names. The first parameter can be used to reduce the code rate.
UE根据第二信息以及第三值确定第二时域资源,例如一种方式为,UE根据第二信息以及第三值确定第二值,再根据第一值和第二值确定第二时域资源。第一值为分配给PUSCH的符号的个数的重复次数,例如第一值为L,关于L可参考前述实施例的介绍,第二值为L的重复次数。或者,UE也可以直接根据第二信息以及第三值确定第二时域资源,无需经历第二值的计算过程。The UE determines the second time domain resource according to the second information and the third value. For example, in one manner, the UE determines the second value according to the second information and the third value, and then determines the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value. resource. The first value is the number of repetitions of symbols allocated to the PUSCH, for example, the first value is L, for L, reference may be made to the introduction of the foregoing embodiment, and the second value is the number of repetitions of L. Alternatively, the UE may directly determine the second time domain resource according to the second information and the third value, without going through the calculation process of the second value.
以UE需要确定第二值为例,例如第二值可满足:Taking UE needs to determine the second value as an example, for example, the second value can satisfy:
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000020
又例如,第二值可满足:As another example, the second value may satisfy:
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000021
其中,H表示第二值。A表示第二信息,a表示第三值。对于A可以理解为,是图3所示的实施例、图4所示的实施例或图6所示的实施例中的任一个实施例中的第一配置信息所配置的第一时域资源包括的时隙的个数,或者,A也可以是图3所示的实施例、图4所示的实施例或图6所示的实施例中的任一个实施例中的K。因此,A可能是整数,也可能是小数。Wherein, H represents the second value. A represents the second information, and a represents the third value. A can be understood as the first time-domain resource configured by the first configuration information in any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , or the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 The number of time slots included, or, A may also be K in any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , or the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 . Therefore, A may be an integer or a decimal.
进一步的,UE可根据前述实施例中的公式2来确定第二时域资源,或者说确定第二时域资源包括的符号的个数,此时将公式2中的K替换为H即可。Further, the UE may determine the second time domain resource according to formula 2 in the foregoing embodiments, or determine the number of symbols included in the second time domain resource, and at this time, replace K in formula 2 with H.
或者,UE根据第二信息以及第三值确定第二时域资源,例如一种方式为:Or, the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the second information and the third value, for example, one way is:
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000022
又例如,另一种方式为:Another example, another way is:
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2022102869-appb-000023
即,不必对H单独取整,而是对于Q取整即可。至于究竟是采用公式8(或公式9)以及公式2,还是采用公式10或公式11,可以由网络设备配置,或者协议预定义等。That is, it is not necessary to round H separately, but just round Q. As for whether to use formula 8 (or formula 9) and formula 2, or formula 10 or formula 11, it can be configured by the network device or predefined by the protocol.
例如,a=3,意味着重复次数为3,从而H约为K的1/3,也就是说,计算的第二时域资源占用的符号个数(例如称为理论符号个数)比第二时域资源实际占用的符号个数(例如称为实际符号个数)要少,例如理论符号个数是实际符号个数的1/3。那么根据理论符号个数确定在理论符号上能够承载的数据量就比较少,而实际用于承载这些数据量的并不是理论符号,而是实际符号,实际符号的个数大于理论符号的个数,通过较多的资源承载较少的数据量,由此能够降低这些数据(例如第一传输块)的码率。例如,在根据实际符号个数确定码率的情况下,确定的码率为0.0586,以a=3为例,如果根据理论符号来确定码率,则所确定的码率就会降为0.0586的1/3。可见,通过本申请实施例提供的方式能够有效降低TBoMS的码率,提高TBoMS的覆盖。For example, a=3 means that the number of repetitions is 3, so that H is about 1/3 of K, that is to say, the number of symbols occupied by the calculated second time-domain resource (for example, called the number of theoretical symbols) is smaller than that of the first time-domain resource. Second, the number of symbols actually occupied by time-domain resources (for example, the actual number of symbols) is small, for example, the number of theoretical symbols is 1/3 of the actual number of symbols. Then according to the number of theoretical symbols, the amount of data that can be carried on the theoretical symbols is relatively small, and it is not the theoretical symbols that are actually used to carry these data, but the actual symbols. The number of actual symbols is greater than the number of theoretical symbols. , a smaller amount of data is carried by more resources, thereby reducing the code rate of these data (for example, the first transport block). For example, in the case of determining the code rate according to the number of actual symbols, the determined code rate is 0.0586. Taking a=3 as an example, if the code rate is determined according to the theoretical symbols, the determined code rate will be reduced to 0.0586. 1/3. It can be seen that the code rate of the TBoMS can be effectively reduced and the coverage of the TBoMS can be improved through the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
或者,要降低TBoMS的码率,还可以采用另一种方式。例如将TBoMS视为多次传输,其中的一个ToT视为一次传输。在计算第二时域资源时,计算的可以是一个ToT占用的时域资源,计算方式可参考图3所示的实施例、图4所示的实施例或图6所示的实施例。对于每个ToT可以分别编码,这样,如果TBoMS包括的ToT的个数大于1,例如TBoMS包括的ToT的个数为P,P为大于1的整数,那么TBoMS的整体码率就可以降低为在TBoMS只包括一个ToT的情况下的码率的1/P。例如,如果TBoMS只包括一个ToT,对应的码率为0.0586。如果TBoMS包括2个ToT,则该TBoMS的整体码率可降低为0.0293,如果TBoMS包括3个ToT,则该TBoMS的整体码率可降低为0.0195,以此类推。通过这种分别编码的方式可实现类似于重复传输的效果,从而达到降低码率的目的。Or, to reduce the bit rate of TBoMS, another method can be used. For example, TBoMS is regarded as multiple transmissions, and one ToT is regarded as one transmission. When calculating the second time domain resource, the time domain resource occupied by a ToT may be calculated, and the calculation method may refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 . Each ToT can be coded separately. In this way, if the number of ToTs included in TBoMS is greater than 1, for example, the number of ToTs included in TBoMS is P, and P is an integer greater than 1, then the overall code rate of TBoMS can be reduced to TBoMS only includes 1/P of the code rate in the case of a ToT. For example, if TBoMS includes only one ToT, the corresponding code rate is 0.0586. If the TBoMS includes 2 ToTs, the overall code rate of the TBoMS can be reduced to 0.0293; if the TBoMS includes 3 ToTs, the overall code rate of the TBoMS can be reduced to 0.0195, and so on. Through this separate encoding method, an effect similar to repeated transmission can be achieved, thereby achieving the purpose of reducing the code rate.
综上,本申请实施例可以降低TBoMS的码率,从而提高TBoMS的覆盖。To sum up, the embodiment of the present application can reduce the code rate of the TBoMS, thereby improving the coverage of the TBoMS.
图9给出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置900的结构示意图。通信装置900可以是图3所示的实施例、图4所示的实施例、图6所示的实施例或图8所示的实施例中的任 一个实施例所述的终端设备,用于实现上述方法实施例中终端设备所执行的方法。或者,通信装置900也可以是图3所示的实施例、图4所示的实施例、图6所示的实施例或图8所示的实施例中的任一个实施例所述的网络设备,用于实现上述方法实施例中对应于网络设备的方法。具体的功能可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。FIG. 9 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 900 may be the terminal device described in any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 3, the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, or the embodiment shown in FIG. The method performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment is realized. Alternatively, the communication device 900 may also be the network device described in any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , or the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , for implementing the method corresponding to the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. For specific functions, refer to the descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments.
通信装置900包括一个或多个处理器901。处理器901也可以称为处理单元,可以实现一定的控制功能。所述处理器901可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如,包括:基带处理器,中央处理器,应用处理器,调制解调处理器,图形处理器,图像信号处理器,数字信号处理器,视频编解码处理器,控制器,存储器,和/或神经网络处理器等。所述基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理。所述中央处理器可以用于对通信装置900进行控制,执行软件程序和/或处理数据。不同的处理器可以是独立的器件,也可以是集成在一个或多个处理器中,例如,集成在一个或多个专用集成电路上。The communication device 900 includes one or more processors 901 . The processor 901 may also be referred to as a processing unit, and may implement certain control functions. The processor 901 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor. For example, including: baseband processor, central processing unit, application processor, modem processor, graphics processor, image signal processor, digital signal processor, video codec processor, controller, memory, and/or Neural Network Processor, etc. The baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data. The central processing unit can be used to control the communication device 900, execute software programs and/or process data. Different processors may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors, for example, integrated in one or more application-specific integrated circuits.
可选的,通信装置900中包括一个或多个存储器902,用以存储指令904,所述指令904可在所述处理器上被运行,使得通信装置900执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。可选的,所述存储器902中还可以存储有数据。所述处理器和存储器可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起。Optionally, the communication device 900 includes one or more memories 902 for storing instructions 904, and the instructions 904 can be executed on the processor, so that the communication device 900 executes the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments. Optionally, data may also be stored in the memory 902 . The processor and memory can be set separately or integrated together.
可选的,通信装置900可以存储指令903(有时也可以称为代码或程序),所述指令903可以在所述处理器上被运行,使得所述通信装置900执行上述实施例中描述的方法。处理器901中可以存储数据。Optionally, the communication device 900 may store instructions 903 (sometimes also referred to as codes or programs), and the instructions 903 may be executed on the processor, so that the communication device 900 executes the methods described in the above embodiments . Data may be stored in the processor 901 .
可选的,通信装置900还可以包括收发器905以及天线906。所述收发器905可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、收发器,输入输出接口等,用于通过天线906实现通信装置900的收发功能。Optionally, the communication device 900 may further include a transceiver 905 and an antenna 906 . The transceiver 905 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, an input and output interface, etc., and is used to realize the transceiver function of the communication device 900 through the antenna 906 .
可选的,通信装置900还可以包括以下一个或多个部件:无线通信模块,音频模块,外部存储器接口,内部存储器,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口,电源管理模块,天线,扬声器,麦克风,输入输出模块,传感器模块,马达,摄像头,或显示屏等等。可以理解,在一些实施例中,通信装置900可以包括更多或更少部件,或者某些部件集成,或者某些部件拆分。这些部件可以是硬件,软件,或者软件和硬件的组合实现。Optionally, the communication device 900 may further include one or more of the following components: a wireless communication module, an audio module, an external memory interface, an internal memory, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, a power management module, an antenna, Speakers, microphones, I/O modules, sensor modules, motors, cameras, or displays, etc. It can be understood that, in some embodiments, the communication device 900 may include more or fewer components, or some components may be integrated, or some components may be separated. These components may be realized by hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
本申请实施例中描述的处理器901和收发器905可实现在集成电路(integrated circuit,IC)、模拟IC、射频集成电路(radio frequency identification,RFID)、混合信号IC、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、印刷电路板(printed circuit board,PCB)、或电子设备等上。实现本文描述的通信装置,可以是独立设备(例如,独立的集成电路,手机等),或者可以是较大设备中的一部分(例如,可嵌入在其他设备内的模块),具体可以参照前述关于终端设备,以及网络设备的说明,在此不再赘述。The processor 901 and the transceiver 905 described in the embodiment of the present application can be realized in integrated circuit (integrated circuit, IC), analog IC, radio frequency integrated circuit (radio frequency identification, RFID), mixed signal IC, application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), printed circuit board (printed circuit board, PCB), or electronic equipment, etc. The communication device described herein can be an independent device (for example, an independent integrated circuit, a mobile phone, etc.), or it can be a part of a larger device (for example, a module that can be embedded in other devices). For details, please refer to the aforementioned The description of the terminal equipment and the network equipment will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备,该终端设备(为描述方便,称为UE)可用于前述各个实施例中。所述终端设备包括用以实现图3所示的实施例、图4所示的实施例、图6所示的实施例或图8所示的实施例中的任一个实施例所述的终端设备功能的相应的手段(means)、单元和/或电路。例如,终端设备,包括收发模块,用以支持终端设备实现收发功能,和,处理模块,用以支持终端设备对信号进行处理。An embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, and the terminal device (referred to as UE for convenience of description) may be used in the foregoing embodiments. The terminal device includes a terminal device for realizing any one of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 Corresponding means, units and/or circuits of function. For example, the terminal device includes a transceiver module, configured to support the terminal device to implement a transceiver function, and a processing module, configured to support the terminal device to process signals.
图10给出了本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。FIG. 10 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
该终端设备1000可适用于图2所示的架构中。为了便于说明,图10仅示出了终端设 备1000的主要部件。如图10所示,终端设备1000包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个终端设备1000进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏,显示屏,麦克风,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。The terminal device 1000 may be applicable to the architecture shown in FIG. 2 . For ease of description, FIG. 10 only shows main components of the terminal device 1000. As shown in FIG. 10 , a terminal device 1000 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the entire terminal device 1000, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs. Memory is primarily used to store software programs and data. The control circuit is mainly used for conversion of baseband signal and radio frequency signal and processing of radio frequency signal. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, microphones, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
以终端设备1000是手机为例,当终端设备1000开机后,处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至控制电路,控制电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备1000时,控制电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。Taking the terminal device 1000 as a mobile phone as an example, when the terminal device 1000 is turned on, the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the control circuit, and the control circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal, and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves. When data is sent to the terminal device 1000, the control circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data .
本领域技术人员可以理解,为了便于说明,图10仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在一些实施例中,终端设备1000可以包括多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等,本发明实施例对此不做限制。Those skilled in the art can understand that, for ease of illustration, FIG. 10 only shows a memory and a processor. In some embodiments, the terminal device 1000 may include multiple processors and memories. A storage may also be called a storage medium or a storage device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
作为一种可选的实现方式,处理器可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器,基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备1000进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。图10中的处理器集成了基带处理器和中央处理器的功能,本领域技术人员可以理解,基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器,通过总线等技术互联。终端设备1000可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式,终端设备1000可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力,终端设备1000的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。所述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。所述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中,也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中,由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。As an optional implementation, the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit, the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processor is mainly used to control the entire terminal device 1000, Executing the software program, processing the data of the software program. The processor in FIG. 10 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit. Those skilled in the art can understand that the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors, interconnected through technologies such as a bus. The terminal device 1000 may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device 1000 may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capability, and various components of the terminal device 1000 may be connected through various buses. The baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip. The central processing unit may also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip. The function of processing the communication protocol and communication data can be built in the processor, or can be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
在一个例子中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端设备1000的收发单元1010,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备1000的处理单元1020。如图10所示,终端设备1000包括收发单元1010和处理单元1020。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元1010中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元1010中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元1010包括接收单元和发送单元。示例性的,接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。In one example, the antenna and the control circuit with the transceiver function may be regarded as the transceiver unit 1010 of the terminal device 1000 , and the processor with the processing function may be regarded as the processing unit 1020 of the terminal device 1000 . As shown in FIG. 10 , a terminal device 1000 includes a transceiver unit 1010 and a processing unit 1020 . The transceiver unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver device, and the like. Optionally, the device in the transceiver unit 1010 for realizing the receiving function may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device in the transceiver unit 1010 for realizing the sending function may be regarded as a sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1010 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. Exemplarily, the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, receiver, receiving circuit, etc., and the sending unit may be called a transmitter, transmitter, or transmitting circuit, etc.
本申请实施例还提供了一种网络设备,该网络设备可用于前述各个实施例中。所述网络设备包括用以实现图3所示的实施例、图4所示的实施例、图6所示的实施例或图8所示的实施例中的任一个实施例所述的例如网络设备的功能的手段(means)、单元和/或电路。例如,网络设备包括收发模块,用以支持网络设备实现收发功能,和,处理模块,用以支持网络设备对信号进行处理。The embodiment of the present application also provides a network device, which can be used in the foregoing embodiments. The network device includes, for example, the network described in any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 3, the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, or the embodiment shown in FIG. Means, units and/or circuits of the function of a device. For example, the network device includes a transceiver module, configured to support the network device to implement a transceiver function, and a processing module, configured to support the network device to process signals.
图11给出了本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。如图11所示,网络设备可适用于2所示的架构中。该网络设备包括:基带装置1101,射频装置1102、天线1103。在上行方向上,射频装置1102通过天线1103接收终端设备发送的信息,将终端设备发送 的信息发送给基带装置1101进行处理。在下行方向上,基带装置1101对终端设备的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置1102,射频装置1102对终端设备的信息进行处理后经过天线1103发送给终端设备。FIG. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11 , the network device can be applicable to the architecture shown in 2. The network device includes: a baseband device 1101 , a radio frequency device 1102 , and an antenna 1103 . In the uplink direction, the radio frequency device 1102 receives the information sent by the terminal device through the antenna 1103, and sends the information sent by the terminal device to the baseband device 1101 for processing. In the downlink direction, the baseband device 1101 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the radio frequency device 1102 , and the radio frequency device 1102 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the terminal device through the antenna 1103 .
基带装置1101包括一个或多个处理单元11011,存储单元11012和接口11013。其中处理单元11011用于支持网络设备执行上述方法实施例中网络设备的功能。存储单元11012用于存储软件程序和/或数据。接口11013用于与射频装置1102交互信息,该接口包括接口电路,用于信息的输入和输出。在一种实现中,所述处理单元为集成电路,例如一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA,或者这些类集成电路的组合。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。存储单元11012与处理单元11011可以位于同一个芯片中,即片内存储元件。或者存储单元11012也可以与处理单元11011处于不同芯片上,即片外存储元件。所述存储单元11012可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储器或存储元件的统称。The baseband device 1101 includes one or more processing units 11011 , a storage unit 11012 and an interface 11013 . The processing unit 11011 is configured to support the network device to execute the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments. The storage unit 11012 is used to store software programs and/or data. The interface 11013 is used for exchanging information with the radio frequency device 1102, and the interface includes an interface circuit for input and output of information. In one implementation, the processing unit is an integrated circuit, such as one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip. The storage unit 11012 and the processing unit 11011 may be located in the same chip, that is, an on-chip storage element. Alternatively, the storage unit 11012 and the processing unit 11011 may also be located on different chips, that is, an off-chip storage element. The storage unit 11012 may be one memory, or a general term for multiple memories or storage elements.
网络设备可以通过一个或多个处理单元调度程序的形式实现上述方法实施例中的部分或全部步骤。例如实现图3所示的实施例、图4所示的实施例、图6所示的实施例或图8所示的实施例中的任一个实施例所述的网络设备的相应的功能。所述一个或多个处理单元可以支持同一种制式的无线接入技术,也可以支持不同种制式的无线接入制式。A network device may implement part or all of the steps in the foregoing method embodiments in the form of one or more processing unit schedulers. For example, the corresponding functions of the network device described in any one of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , or the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 are realized. The one or more processing units may support wireless access technologies of the same standard, or may support wireless access technologies of different standards.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those skilled in the art can appreciate that the units and steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated. The components shown may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed over multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的计算机可读存储介质,可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。以此为例但不限于:计算机可读介质可以包括随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read only memory,EEPROM)、紧凑型光盘只读存储器(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)、通用串行总线闪存盘(universal serial bus flash disk)、移动硬盘、或其他光盘存储、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质。另外,通 过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)或直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。If the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer. Take this as an example but not limited to: the computer readable medium may include random access memory (random access memory, RAM), read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), Erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable read only memory, EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD- ROM), universal serial bus flash disk (universal serial bus flash disk), removable hard disk, or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage medium, or other magnetic storage device, or can be used to carry or store desired data in the form of instructions or data structures program code and any other medium that can be accessed by a computer. Additionally, by way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM) , SLDRAM) or direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
实施例1.一种通信方法,应用于终端设备,所述方法包括:Embodiment 1. A communication method applied to a terminal device, the method comprising:
从网络设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元;receiving first configuration information from a network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, where the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resource units;
根据所述第一值以及所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,所述第一时域资源包括一个或多个特殊时域资源单元,所述第一值为分配给物理上行共享信道PUSCH的子时域资源单元的个数。Determine a second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, where the second time domain resource is the time domain occupied by the first transport block to be sent resources, the first time-domain resource includes one or more special time-domain resource units, and the first value is the number of sub-time-domain resource units allocated to the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
实施例2.根据实施例1所述的方法,所述第一值大于14。Embodiment 2. The method according to embodiment 1, the first value is greater than 14.
实施例3.根据实施例1所述的方法,根据所述第一值以及所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,包括:Embodiment 3. According to the method described in Embodiment 1, determining a second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource includes:
根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源。According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines the second time-domain resource.
实施例4.根据实施例3所述的方法,根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源,包括:Embodiment 4. According to the method described in Embodiment 3, according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain included in the first time domain resource The number of resource units and the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit determine the second time domain resource, including:
根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定第二值,所述第二值为所述第一值的重复次数;According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value;
根据所述第一值和所述第二值,确定所述第二时域资源。Determine the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value.
实施例5.根据实施例3或4所述的方法,Embodiment 5. The method according to embodiment 3 or 4,
所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息确定的;或,The number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is based on the initial The time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are determined according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information; or,
所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定的;或,The number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units; or,
所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及第一信息确定的;The number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units and the first information;
其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中不可用的时域资源单元。Wherein, the first information is used to determine unavailable time domain resource units in the first time domain resource.
实施例6.根据实施例1~5任一项所述的方法,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一值;或,所述第一值为预定义。Embodiment 6. According to the method according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 5, the first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
实施例7.根据实施例1~6任一项所述的方法,Embodiment 7. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 6,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是通过所述第一配置信息配置的;或,The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的。The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
实施例8.根据实施例7所述的方法,所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置位于第一时域资源单元内,其中,所述第一时域资源单元是所述特殊时域资源单元,或,所述第一时域资源单元是位于所述特殊时域资源单元之后的第一个上行时域资源单元。Embodiment 8. The method according to embodiment 7, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in the first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special time domain resource unit domain resource unit, or, the first time domain resource unit is the first uplink time domain resource unit after the special time domain resource unit.
实施例9.根据实施例1、3~8任一项所述的方法,所述第一值小于或等于14。Embodiment 9. The method according to any one of embodiments 1, 3-8, wherein the first value is less than or equal to 14.
实施例10.根据实施例1~9任一项所述的方法,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置。Embodiment 10. According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 9, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
实施例11.根据实施例1~10任一项所述的方法,所述第一时域资源单元为时隙,所述子时域资源单元为符号,所述特殊时域资源单元为特殊时隙。Embodiment 11. According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 10, the first time domain resource unit is a time slot, the sub-time domain resource unit is a symbol, and the special time domain resource unit is a special time domain resource unit. Gap.
实施例12.一种通信方法,应用于网络设备,所述方法包括:Embodiment 12. A communication method applied to a network device, the method comprising:
向终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元;Sending first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, where the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resource units;
根据所述第一值以及所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,所述第一时域资源包括一个或多个特殊时域资源单元,所述第一值为分配给物理上行共享信道PUSCH的子时域资源单元的个数。Determine a second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, where the second time domain resource is the time domain occupied by the first transport block to be sent resources, the first time-domain resource includes one or more special time-domain resource units, and the first value is the number of sub-time-domain resource units allocated to the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
实施例13.根据实施例12所述的方法,所述第一值大于14。Embodiment 13. The method of embodiment 12, the first value being greater than 14.
实施例14.根据实施例12所述的方法,根据所述第一值以及所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,包括:Embodiment 14. According to the method described in Embodiment 12, determining the second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource includes:
根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源。According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines the second time-domain resource.
实施例15.根据实施例14所述的方法,根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源,包括:Embodiment 15. According to the method described in Embodiment 14, according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain included in the first time domain resource The number of resource units and the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit determine the second time domain resource, including:
根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定第二值,所述第二值为所述第一值的重复次数;According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value;
根据所述第一值和所述第二值,确定所述第二时域资源。Determine the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value.
实施例16.根据实施例14或15所述的方法,Embodiment 16. The method according to embodiment 14 or 15,
所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息确定的;或,The number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is based on the initial The time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are determined according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information; or,
所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定的;或,The number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units; or,
所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特 殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及第一信息确定的;The number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units and the first information;
其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中不可用的时域资源单元。Wherein, the first information is used to determine unavailable time domain resource units in the first time domain resource.
实施例17.根据实施例12~16任一项所述的方法,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一值;或,所述第一值为预定义。Embodiment 17. According to the method according to any one of embodiments 12-16, the first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
实施例18.根据实施例12~17任一项所述的方法,Embodiment 18. The method according to any one of embodiments 12-17,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是通过所述第一配置信息配置的;或,The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的。The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
实施例19.根据实施例18所述的方法,所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置位于第一时域资源单元内,其中,所述第一时域资源单元是所述特殊时域资源单元,或,所述第一时域资源单元是位于所述特殊时域资源单元之后的第一个上行时域资源单元。Embodiment 19. The method according to embodiment 18, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in the first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special time domain resource unit domain resource unit, or, the first time domain resource unit is the first uplink time domain resource unit after the special time domain resource unit.
实施例20.根据实施例12、14~19任一项所述的方法,所述第一值小于或等于14。Embodiment 20. The method according to any one of embodiments 12, 14-19, wherein the first value is less than or equal to 14.
实施例21.根据实施例12~20任一项所述的方法,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置。Embodiment 21. According to the method according to any one of Embodiments 12 to 20, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
实施例22.根据实施例12~21任一项所述的方法,所述第一时域资源单元为时隙,所述子时域资源单元为符号,所述特殊时域资源单元为特殊时隙。Embodiment 22. The method according to any one of Embodiments 12 to 21, wherein the first time domain resource unit is a time slot, the sub-time domain resource unit is a symbol, and the special time domain resource unit is a special time domain resource unit Gap.
实施例23.一种通信方法,应用于终端设备,所述方法包括:Embodiment 23. A communication method applied to a terminal device, the method comprising:
从网络设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元,所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数为所述第一时域资源包括的第一类时域资源单元的个数;Receive first configuration information from a network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, where the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resource units, the The number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource is the number of first-type time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource;
根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息,确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中不可用的时域资源单元。Determine the second time according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information Domain resource, the second time domain resource is a time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine an unavailable time domain resource unit in the first time domain resource.
实施例24.根据实施例23所述的方法,所述第一类时域资源单元包括下行时域资源单元。Embodiment 24. The method according to embodiment 23, the first type of time-domain resource units includes downlink time-domain resource units.
实施例25.根据实施例23或24所述的方法,Embodiment 25. The method according to embodiment 23 or 24,
所述第一信息为下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息用于指示取消所述第一时域资源中的部分或全部时域资源单元的上行传输,或,所述下行控制信息用于指示时域资源单元格式,所述时域资源单元格式用于指示所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的格式,或,所述下行控制信息用于调度在所述第一时域资源中的部分或全部时域资源单元上发送第二传输块,且所述第二传输块的优先级高于所述第一传输块的优先级;或,The first information is downlink control information, and the downlink control information is used to indicate cancellation of uplink transmission of some or all time domain resource units in the first time domain resource, or, the downlink control information is used to indicate when Domain resource unit format, the time domain resource unit format is used to indicate the format of the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource, or the downlink control information is used to schedule in the first time domain resource Send a second transport block on some or all of the time domain resource units, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than the priority of the first transport block; or,
所述第一信息为随机接入响应,所述随机接入响应用于指示拒绝接入。The first information is a random access response, and the random access response is used to indicate denial of access.
实施例26.根据实施例23~25任一项所述的方法,根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息,确定所述第二时域资源,包括:Embodiment 26. According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 23 to 25, according to the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, And determining the second time domain resource according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information, including:
根据所述起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息,确定所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数, 以及确定所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数;According to the starting time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information, determine the time domain resource included in the first time domain resource The number of uplink time domain resource units, and determining the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource;
根据第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源。According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
实施例27.根据实施例26所述的方法,根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源,包括:Embodiment 27. According to the method described in Embodiment 26, according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain included in the first time domain resource The number of resource units and the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit determine the second time domain resource, including:
根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定第二值,所述第二值为所述第一值的重复次数;According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value;
根据所述第一值和所述第二值,确定所述第二时域资源。Determine the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value.
实施例28.根据实施例26或27所述的方法,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一值;或,所述第一值为预定义。Embodiment 28. According to the method described in Embodiment 26 or 27, the first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
实施例29.根据实施例26~28任一项所述的方法,Embodiment 29. The method according to any one of embodiments 26-28,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是通过所述第一配置信息配置的;或,The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的。The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
实施例30.根据实施例29所述的方法,所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置位于第一时域资源单元内,其中,所述第一时域资源单元是所述特殊时域资源单元,或,所述第一时域资源单元是位于所述特殊时域资源单元之后的第一个上行时域资源单元。Embodiment 30. The method according to embodiment 29, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special time domain resource unit domain resource unit, or, the first time domain resource unit is the first uplink time domain resource unit after the special time domain resource unit.
实施例31.根据实施例23~30任一项所述的方法,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置。Embodiment 31. According to the method according to any one of Embodiments 23 to 30, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
实施例32.一种通信方法,应用于网络设备,所述方法包括:Embodiment 32. A communication method applied to a network device, the method comprising:
向终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元,所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数为所述第一时域资源包括的第一类时域资源单元的个数;Sending first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, where the first time domain resource includes multiple time domain resource units, the The number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource is the number of first-type time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource;
根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息,确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中不可用的时域资源单元。Determine the second time according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information Domain resource, the second time domain resource is a time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine an unavailable time domain resource unit in the first time domain resource.
实施例33.根据实施例32所述的方法,所述第一类时域资源单元包括下行时域资源单元。Embodiment 33. The method according to embodiment 32, the first type of time-domain resource units includes downlink time-domain resource units.
实施例34.根据实施例32或33所述的方法,Embodiment 34. The method of embodiment 32 or 33,
所述第一信息为下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息用于指示取消所述第一时域资源中的部分或全部时域资源单元的上行传输,或,所述下行控制信息用于指示时域资源单元格式,所述时域资源单元格式用于指示所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的格式,或,所述下行控制信息用于调度在所述第一时域资源中的部分或全部时域资源单元上发送第二传输块,且所述第二传输块的优先级高于所述第一传输块的优先级;或,The first information is downlink control information, and the downlink control information is used to indicate cancellation of uplink transmission of some or all time domain resource units in the first time domain resource, or, the downlink control information is used to indicate when Domain resource unit format, the time domain resource unit format is used to indicate the format of the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource, or the downlink control information is used to schedule in the first time domain resource Send a second transport block on some or all of the time domain resource units, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than the priority of the first transport block; or,
所述第一信息为随机接入响应,所述随机接入响应用于指示拒绝接入。The first information is a random access response, and the random access response is used to indicate denial of access.
实施例35.根据实施例32~34任一项所述的方法,根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息,确定所述第二时域资源,包括:Embodiment 35. According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 32 to 34, according to the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, And determining the second time domain resource according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information, including:
根据所述起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息,确定所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数,以及确定所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数;According to the starting time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information, determine the time domain resource included in the first time domain resource The number of uplink time domain resource units, and determining the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource;
根据第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源。According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
实施例36.根据实施例35所述的方法,根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源,包括:Embodiment 36. According to the method described in Embodiment 35, according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain included in the first time domain resource The number of resource units and the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit determine the second time domain resource, including:
根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定第二值,所述第二值为所述第一值的重复次数;According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value;
根据所述第一值和所述第二值,确定所述第二时域资源。Determine the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value.
实施例37.根据实施例35或36所述的方法,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一值;或,所述第一值为预定义。Embodiment 37. According to the method described in Embodiment 35 or 36, the first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
实施例38.根据实施例35~37任一项所述的方法,Embodiment 38. The method according to any one of embodiments 35-37,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是通过所述第一配置信息配置的;或,The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的。The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
实施例39.根据实施例38所述的方法,所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置位于第一时域资源单元内,其中,所述第一时域资源单元是所述特殊时域资源单元,或,所述第一时域资源单元是位于所述特殊时域资源单元之后的第一个上行时域资源单元。Embodiment 39. The method according to embodiment 38, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special time domain resource unit domain resource unit, or, the first time domain resource unit is the first uplink time domain resource unit after the special time domain resource unit.
实施例40.根据实施例32~39任一项所述的方法,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置。Embodiment 40. According to the method according to any one of embodiments 32-39, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
实施例41.一种通信方法,应用于终端设备,所述方法包括:Embodiment 41. A communication method applied to a terminal device, the method comprising:
从网络设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元,所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数为第二类时域资源单元的个数;Receive first configuration information from a network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, where the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resource units, the The number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is the number of time domain resource units of the second type;
根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,或,根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及第一信息确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中不可用的时域资源单元。Determine the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, or determine the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information A time-domain resource, the second time-domain resource is a time-domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine an unavailable time-domain resource unit in the first time-domain resource .
实施例42.根据实施例41所述的方法,所述第二类时域资源单元包括上行时域资源单元和/或特殊时域资源单元,或者,所述第二类时域资源单元不包括下行时域资源单元。Embodiment 42. According to the method described in Embodiment 41, the second type of time domain resource units includes uplink time domain resource units and/or special time domain resource units, or, the second type of time domain resource units does not include Downlink time domain resource unit.
实施例43.根据实施例41或42所述的方法,Embodiment 43. The method of embodiment 41 or 42,
所述第一信息为下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息用于指示取消所述第一时域资源中的部分或全部时域资源单元的上行传输,或,所述下行控制信息用于指示时域资源单元格式,所述时域资源单元格式用于指示所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的格式,或,所述下行控制信息用于调度在所述第一时域资源中的部分或全部时域资源单元上发送第二传输块,且所述第二传输块的优先级高于所述第一传输块的优先级;或,The first information is downlink control information, and the downlink control information is used to indicate cancellation of uplink transmission of some or all time domain resource units in the first time domain resource, or, the downlink control information is used to indicate when Domain resource unit format, the time domain resource unit format is used to indicate the format of the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource, or the downlink control information is used to schedule in the first time domain resource Send a second transport block on some or all of the time domain resource units, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than the priority of the first transport block; or,
所述第一信息为随机接入响应,所述随机接入响应用于指示拒绝接入;或,The first information is a random access response, and the random access response is used to indicate denial of access; or,
所述第一信息为TDD配置信息,所述TDD配置信息用于指示上行时域资源单元、下行时域资源单元以及特殊时域资源单元的配置比例。The first information is TDD configuration information, and the TDD configuration information is used to indicate configuration ratios of uplink time domain resource units, downlink time domain resource units, and special time domain resource units.
实施例44.根据实施例41~43任一项所述的方法,所述方法还包括:Embodiment 44. The method according to any one of embodiments 41-43, further comprising:
当终端设备在多个时域资源单元上传输时,不调度动态信令,所述动态信令用于使得所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元和/或特殊时域资源单元不可用。When the terminal device transmits on multiple time-domain resource units, dynamic signaling is not scheduled, and the dynamic signaling is used to make the uplink time-domain resource units and/or special time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource unavailable.
实施例45.根据实施例41~44任一项所述的方法,根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,包括:Embodiment 45. According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 41 to 44, determining the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource includes:
根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数,以及确定所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数;Determine the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and determine the special time domain included in the first time domain resource The number of resource units;
根据第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源。According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
实施例46.根据实施例41~44任一项所述的方法,根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以第一信息确定第二时域资源,包括:Embodiment 46. According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 41 to 44, determining the second time domain resource with the first information according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource includes:
根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及所述第一信息,确定所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数,以及确定所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数;According to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information, determine the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and determine the first time domain resource unit The number of special time-domain resource units included in the domain resource;
根据第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源。According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
实施例47.根据实施例45或46所述的方法,根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源,包括:Embodiment 47. According to the method described in Embodiment 45 or 46, according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource included in the first time domain resource The number of time-domain resource units and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit determine the second time-domain resource, including:
根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定第二值,所述第二值为所述第一值的重复次数;According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value;
根据所述第一值和所述第二值,确定所述第二时域资源。Determine the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value.
实施例48.根据实施例46或47所述的方法,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一值;或,所述第一值为预定义。Embodiment 48. According to the method described in embodiment 46 or 47, the first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
实施例49.根据实施例45~48任一项所述的方法,Embodiment 49. The method according to any one of embodiments 45-48,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是通过所述第一配置信息配置的;或,The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的。The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
实施例50.根据实施例49所述的方法,所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置位于第一时域资源单元内,其中,所述第一时域资源单元是所述特殊时域资源单元,或,所述第一时域资源单元是位于所述特殊时域资源单元之后的第一个上行时域资源单元。Embodiment 50. The method according to embodiment 49, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special time domain resource unit domain resource unit, or, the first time domain resource unit is the first uplink time domain resource unit after the special time domain resource unit.
实施例51.根据实施例41~50任一项所述的方法,根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及第一信息确定第二时域资源,包括:Embodiment 51. According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 41 to 50, determining the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information includes:
根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数排除n之后的取值确定第二时域资源,其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中的n个时域资源单元不可用;或,Determine the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource after excluding n, where the first information is used to determine n in the first time domain resource time-domain resource units are unavailable; or,
根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,其中,所述第一时域资源不包括第二时域资源单元,以及包括第三时域资源单元,所述第二时域资源单元以及所述第三时域资源单元包括的时域资源单元的个数均为n,所述第二时域资源单元是根据所述第一信息确定的不可用的时域资源单元,所述第三时域资源单元位于所述第二时域资源之后。Determine the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, wherein the first time domain resource does not include the second time domain resource unit and includes the third time domain resource unit , the number of time domain resource units included in the second time domain resource unit and the third time domain resource unit is n, and the second time domain resource unit is unavailable determined according to the first information time-domain resource units, the third time-domain resource unit is located after the second time-domain resource.
实施例52.根据实施例41~51任一项所述的方法,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置。Embodiment 52. According to the method according to any one of Embodiments 41-51, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
实施例53.一种通信方法,应用于网络设备,所述方法包括:Embodiment 53. A communication method applied to a network device, the method comprising:
向终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元,所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数为第二类时域资源单元的个数;Sending first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, where the first time domain resource includes multiple time domain resource units, the The number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is the number of time domain resource units of the second type;
根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,或,根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及第一信息确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中不可用的时域资源单元。Determine the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, or determine the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information A time-domain resource, the second time-domain resource is a time-domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine an unavailable time-domain resource unit in the first time-domain resource .
实施例54.根据实施例53所述的方法,所述第二类时域资源单元包括上行时域资源单元和/或特殊时域资源单元,或者,所述第二类时域资源单元不包括下行时域资源单元。Embodiment 54. According to the method described in Embodiment 53, the second type of time domain resource units includes uplink time domain resource units and/or special time domain resource units, or, the second type of time domain resource units does not include Downlink time domain resource unit.
实施例55.根据实施例53或54所述的方法,Embodiment 55. The method of embodiment 53 or 54,
所述第一信息为下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息用于指示取消所述第一时域资源中的部分或全部时域资源单元的上行传输,或,所述下行控制信息用于指示时域资源单元格式,所述时域资源单元格式用于指示所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的格式,或,所述下行控制信息用于调度在所述第一时域资源中的部分或全部时域资源单元上发送第二传输块,且所述第二传输块的优先级高于所述第一传输块的优先级;或,The first information is downlink control information, and the downlink control information is used to indicate cancellation of uplink transmission of some or all time domain resource units in the first time domain resource, or, the downlink control information is used to indicate when Domain resource unit format, the time domain resource unit format is used to indicate the format of the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource, or the downlink control information is used to schedule in the first time domain resource Send a second transport block on some or all of the time domain resource units, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than the priority of the first transport block; or,
所述第一信息为随机接入响应,所述随机接入响应用于指示拒绝接入;或,The first information is a random access response, and the random access response is used to indicate denial of access; or,
所述第一信息为TDD配置信息,所述TDD配置信息用于指示上行时域资源单元、下行时域资源单元以及特殊时域资源单元的配置比例。The first information is TDD configuration information, and the TDD configuration information is used to indicate configuration ratios of uplink time domain resource units, downlink time domain resource units, and special time domain resource units.
实施例56.根据实施例53~55任一项所述的方法,所述方法还包括:Embodiment 56. The method according to any one of embodiments 53-55, further comprising:
当终端设备在多个时域资源单元上传输时,不调度动态信令,所述动态信令用于使得所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元和/或特殊时域资源单元不可用。When the terminal device transmits on multiple time-domain resource units, dynamic signaling is not scheduled, and the dynamic signaling is used to make the uplink time-domain resource units and/or special time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource unavailable.
实施例57.根据实施例53~56任一项所述的方法,根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,包括:Embodiment 57. According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 53 to 56, determining the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource includes:
根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数,以及确定所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数;Determine the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and determine the special time domain included in the first time domain resource The number of resource units;
根据第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源。According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
实施例58.根据实施例53~56任一项所述的方法,根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以第一信息确定第二时域资源,包括:Embodiment 58. According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 53 to 56, determining the second time domain resource with the first information according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource includes:
根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及所述第一信息,确定所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数,以及确定所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数;According to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information, determine the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and determine the first time domain resource unit The number of special time-domain resource units included in the domain resource;
根据第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源。According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
实施例59.根据实施例57或58所述的方法,根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源,包括:Embodiment 59. According to the method described in Embodiment 57 or 58, according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource included in the first time domain resource The number of time-domain resource units and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit determine the second time-domain resource, including:
根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定第二值,所述第二值为所述第一值的重复次数;According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value;
根据所述第一值和所述第二值,确定所述第二时域资源。Determine the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value.
实施例60.根据实施例58或59所述的方法,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一值;或,所述第一值为预定义。Embodiment 60. According to the method described in Embodiment 58 or 59, the first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
实施例61.根据实施例57~60任一项所述的方法,Embodiment 61. The method according to any one of embodiments 57-60,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是通过所述第一配置信息配置的;或,The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的。The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
实施例62.根据实施例61所述的方法,所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置位于第一时域资源单元内,其中,所述第一时域资源单元是所述特殊时域资源单元,或,所述第一时域资源单元是位于所述特殊时域资源单元之后的第一个上行时域资源单元。Embodiment 62. The method according to embodiment 61, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special time domain resource unit domain resource unit, or, the first time domain resource unit is the first uplink time domain resource unit after the special time domain resource unit.
实施例63.根据实施例53~62任一项所述的方法,根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及第一信息确定第二时域资源,包括:Embodiment 63. According to the method described in any one of embodiments 53-62, determining the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information includes:
根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数排除n之后的取值确定第二时域资源,其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中的n个时域资源单元不可用;或,Determine the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource after excluding n, where the first information is used to determine n in the first time domain resource time-domain resource units are unavailable; or,
根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,其中,所述第一时域资源不包括第二时域资源单元,以及包括第三时域资源单元,所述第二时域资源单元以及所述第三时域资源单元包括的时域资源单元的个数均为n,所述第二时域资源单元是根据所述第一信息确定的不可用的时域资源单元,所述第三时域资源单元位于所述第二时域资源之后。Determine the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, wherein the first time domain resource does not include the second time domain resource unit and includes the third time domain resource unit , the number of time domain resource units included in the second time domain resource unit and the third time domain resource unit is n, and the second time domain resource unit is unavailable determined according to the first information time-domain resource units, the third time-domain resource unit is located after the second time-domain resource.
实施例64.根据实施例53~63任一项所述的方法,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置。Embodiment 64. According to the method according to any one of embodiments 53 to 63, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
实施例65.一种通信方法,应用于终端设备,所述方法包括:Embodiment 65. A communication method, applied to a terminal device, the method comprising:
从网络设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元;receiving first configuration information from a network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, where the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resource units;
根据第二信息以及第三值确定待发送的第一传输块占用的第二时域资源,所述第二信息为所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,或,所述第二信息是根据第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的取值,所述第三值大于1。Determine the second time-domain resource occupied by the first transport block to be sent according to the second information and the third value, where the second information is the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource, or, the The second information is a value determined according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, and the third value is greater than 1.
实施例66.根据实施例65所述的方法,根据第二信息以及第三值确定待发送的第一传输块占用的第二时域资源,包括:Embodiment 66. According to the method described in Embodiment 65, determining the second time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent according to the second information and the third value includes:
根据所述第二信息以及所述第三值确定第二值,所述第二值为分配给PUSCH的子时域资源单元的个数的重复次数;Determine a second value according to the second information and the third value, where the second value is the number of repetitions of the number of sub-time domain resource units allocated to PUSCH;
根据所述第三值和所述第二值确定所述第二时域资源。Determine the second time domain resource according to the third value and the second value.
实施例67.根据实施例66所述的方法,根据所述第三值和所述第二值确定所述第二时域资源,包括:所述第二时域资源满足如下关系:Embodiment 67. According to the method described in embodiment 66, determining the second time domain resource according to the third value and the second value includes: the second time domain resource satisfies the following relationship:
H=A/a,H=A/a,
其中,H表示第一值的重复次数,所述第一值为分配给PUSCH的子时域资源单元的个数,A表示所述第二值,a表示所述第三值。Wherein, H represents the number of repetitions of the first value, the first value is the number of sub-time domain resource units allocated to the PUSCH, A represents the second value, and a represents the third value.
实施例68.根据实施例65~67任一项所述的方法,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置。Embodiment 68. According to the method according to any one of embodiments 65 to 67, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
实施例69.一种通信方法,应用于网络设备,所述方法包括:Embodiment 69. A communication method, applied to a network device, the method comprising:
向终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元;Sending first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, where the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resource units;
根据第二信息以及第三值确定待发送的第一传输块占用的第二时域资源,所述第二信息为所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,或,所述第二信息是根据第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的取值,所述第三值大于1。Determine the second time-domain resource occupied by the first transport block to be sent according to the second information and the third value, where the second information is the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource, or, the The second information is a value determined according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, and the third value is greater than 1.
实施例70.根据实施例69所述的方法,根据第二信息以及第三值确定待发送的第一传输块占用的第二时域资源,包括:Embodiment 70. According to the method described in embodiment 69, determining the second time domain resource occupied by the first transport block to be sent according to the second information and the third value includes:
根据所述第二信息以及所述第三值确定第二值,所述第二值为分配给PUSCH的子时域资源单元的个数的重复次数;Determine a second value according to the second information and the third value, where the second value is the number of repetitions of the number of sub-time domain resource units allocated to PUSCH;
根据所述第三值和所述第二值确定所述第二时域资源。Determine the second time domain resource according to the third value and the second value.
实施例71.根据实施例70所述的方法,根据所述第三值和所述第二值确定所述第二时域资源,包括:所述第二时域资源满足如下关系:Embodiment 71. According to the method described in Embodiment 70, determining the second time domain resource according to the third value and the second value includes: the second time domain resource satisfies the following relationship:
H=A/a,H=A/a,
其中,H表示第一值的重复次数,所述第一值为分配给PUSCH的子时域资源单元的个数,A表示所述第二值,a表示所述第三值。Wherein, H represents the number of repetitions of the first value, the first value is the number of sub-time domain resource units allocated to the PUSCH, A represents the second value, and a represents the third value.
实施例72.根据实施例69~71任一项所述的方法,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置。Embodiment 72. According to the method according to any one of embodiments 69-71, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
实施例73.一种通信装置,包括处理单元和收发单元,其中,Embodiment 73. A communication device comprising a processing unit and a transceiver unit, wherein,
所述收发单元,用于从网络设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元;The transceiver unit is configured to receive first configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes multiple time domain resource unit;
所述处理单元,用于根据所述第一值以及所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,所述第一时域资源包括一个或多个特殊时域资源单元,所述第一值为分配给物理上行共享信道PUSCH的子时域资源单元的个数。The processing unit is configured to determine a second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the second time domain resource is the first time domain resource to be sent A time-domain resource occupied by a transport block, the first time-domain resource includes one or more special time-domain resource units, and the first value is the number of sub-time-domain resource units allocated to the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
实施例74.根据实施例73所述的通信装置,所述第一值大于14。Embodiment 74. The communication device of embodiment 73, the first value is greater than fourteen.
实施例75.根据实施例73所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据所述第一值以及所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源:Embodiment 75. The communication device according to Embodiment 73, the processing unit is configured to determine the second Time Domain Resources:
根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源。According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines the second time-domain resource.
实施例76.根据实施例75所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源:Embodiment 76. The communication device according to Embodiment 75, the processing unit is configured to use the following method according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the The number of special time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit determine the second time-domain resource unit Domain resource:
根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定第二值,所述第二值为所述第一值的重复次数;According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value;
根据所述第一值和所述第二值,确定所述第二时域资源。Determine the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value.
实施例77.根据实施例75或76所述的通信装置,Embodiment 77. The communication device of Embodiment 75 or 76,
所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息确定的;或,The number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is based on the initial The time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are determined according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information; or,
所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定的;或,The number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units; or,
所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及第一信息确定的;The number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units and the first information;
其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中不可用的时域资源单元。Wherein, the first information is used to determine unavailable time domain resource units in the first time domain resource.
实施例78.根据实施例73~77任一项所述的通信装置,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一值;或,所述第一值为预定义。Embodiment 78. The communication device according to any one of embodiments 73 to 77, the first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
实施例79.根据实施例73~78任一项所述的通信装置,Embodiment 79. The communication device according to any one of embodiments 73-78,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是通过所述第一配置信息配置的;或,The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的。The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
实施例80.根据实施例79所述的通信装置,所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置位于第一时域资源单元内,其中,所述第一时域资源单元是所述特殊时域资源单元,或,所述第 一时域资源单元是位于所述特殊时域资源单元之后的第一个上行时域资源单元。Embodiment 80. The communication device according to embodiment 79, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special A time-domain resource unit, or, the first time-domain resource unit is the first uplink time-domain resource unit after the special time-domain resource unit.
实施例81.根据实施例73、75~80任一项所述的通信装置,所述第一值小于或等于14。Embodiment 81. The communication device according to any one of embodiments 73, 75-80, wherein the first value is less than or equal to 14.
实施例82.根据实施例73~81任一项所述的通信装置,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置。Embodiment 82. The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 73 to 81, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
实施例83.根据实施例73~82任一项所述的通信装置,所述第一时域资源单元为时隙,所述子时域资源单元为符号,所述特殊时域资源单元为特殊时隙。Embodiment 83. The communication device according to any one of embodiments 73-82, the first time domain resource unit is a time slot, the sub time domain resource unit is a symbol, and the special time domain resource unit is a special time domain resource unit time slot.
实施例84.一种通信装置,包括处理单元和收发单元,其中,Embodiment 84. A communication device comprising a processing unit and a transceiver unit, wherein,
所述收发单元,用于向终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元;The transceiver unit is configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes multiple time domain resource unit;
所述处理单元,用于根据所述第一值以及所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,所述第一时域资源包括一个或多个特殊时域资源单元,所述第一值为分配给物理上行共享信道PUSCH的子时域资源单元的个数。The processing unit is configured to determine a second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the second time domain resource is the first time domain resource to be sent A time-domain resource occupied by a transport block, the first time-domain resource includes one or more special time-domain resource units, and the first value is the number of sub-time-domain resource units allocated to the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
实施例85.根据实施例84所述的通信装置,所述第一值大于14。Embodiment 85. The communication device of Embodiment 84, the first value is greater than fourteen.
实施例86.根据实施例84所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据所述第一值以及所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源:Embodiment 86. The communication device according to Embodiment 84, the processing unit is configured to determine the second Time Domain Resources:
根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源。According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines the second time-domain resource.
实施例87.根据实施例86所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源:Embodiment 87. The communication device according to Embodiment 86, the processing unit is configured to use the following method according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the The number of special time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit determine the second time-domain resource unit Domain resource:
根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定第二值,所述第二值为所述第一值的重复次数;According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value;
根据所述第一值和所述第二值,确定所述第二时域资源。Determine the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value.
实施例88.根据实施例86或87所述的通信装置,Embodiment 88. The communication device of Embodiment 86 or 87,
所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息确定的;或,The number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is based on the initial The time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are determined according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information; or,
所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定的;或,The number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units; or,
所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及第一信息确定的;The number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units and the first information;
其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中不可用的时域资源单元。Wherein, the first information is used to determine unavailable time domain resource units in the first time domain resource.
实施例89.根据实施例84~88任一项所述的通信装置,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一值;或,所述第一值为预定义。Embodiment 89. The communication device according to any one of embodiments 84 to 88, the first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
实施例90.根据实施例84~89任一项所述的通信装置,Embodiment 90. The communication device according to any one of embodiments 84-89,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是通过所述第一配置信息配置的;或,The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的。The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
实施例91.根据实施例90所述的通信装置,所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置位于第一时域资源单元内,其中,所述第一时域资源单元是所述特殊时域资源单元,或,所述第一时域资源单元是位于所述特殊时域资源单元之后的第一个上行时域资源单元。Embodiment 91. The communication device according to embodiment 90, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special A time-domain resource unit, or, the first time-domain resource unit is the first uplink time-domain resource unit after the special time-domain resource unit.
实施例92.根据实施例84、86~91任一项所述的通信装置,所述第一值小于或等于14。Embodiment 92. The communication device according to any one of embodiments 84, 86-91, wherein the first value is less than or equal to 14.
实施例93.根据实施例84~92任一项所述的通信装置,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置。Embodiment 93. The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 84 to 92, wherein the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
实施例94.根据实施例84~93任一项所述的通信装置,所述第一时域资源单元为时隙,所述子时域资源单元为符号,所述特殊时域资源单元为特殊时隙。Embodiment 94. The communication device according to any one of embodiments 84-93, the first time domain resource unit is a time slot, the sub time domain resource unit is a symbol, and the special time domain resource unit is a special time domain resource unit time slot.
实施例95.一种通信装置,包括处理单元和收发单元,其中,Embodiment 95. A communication device comprising a processing unit and a transceiver unit, wherein,
所述收发单元,用于从网络设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元,所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数为所述第一时域资源包括的第一类时域资源单元的个数;The transceiver unit is configured to receive first configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes multiple Time-domain resource units, the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource is the number of first-type time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource;
所述处理单元,用于根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息,确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中不可用的时域资源单元。The processing unit is configured to, according to the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and according to the time division duplex configuration information and/or the first time domain resource unit Information for determining a second time-domain resource, where the second time-domain resource is a time-domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine that the first time-domain resource cannot Time-domain resource units used.
实施例96.根据实施例95所述的通信装置,所述第一类时域资源单元包括下行时域资源单元。Embodiment 96. The communication device according to embodiment 95, the first type of time domain resource unit comprises a downlink time domain resource unit.
实施例97.根据实施例95或96所述的通信装置,Embodiment 97. The communication device of Embodiment 95 or 96,
所述第一信息为下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息用于指示取消所述第一时域资源中的部分或全部时域资源单元的上行传输,或,所述下行控制信息用于指示时域资源单元格式,所述时域资源单元格式用于指示所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的格式,或,所述下行控制信息用于调度在所述第一时域资源中的部分或全部时域资源单元上发送第二传输块,且所述第二传输块的优先级高于所述第一传输块的优先级;或,The first information is downlink control information, and the downlink control information is used to indicate cancellation of uplink transmission of some or all time domain resource units in the first time domain resource, or, the downlink control information is used to indicate when Domain resource unit format, the time domain resource unit format is used to indicate the format of the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource, or the downlink control information is used to schedule in the first time domain resource Send a second transport block on some or all of the time domain resource units, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than the priority of the first transport block; or,
所述第一信息为随机接入响应,所述随机接入响应用于指示拒绝接入。The first information is a random access response, and the random access response is used to indicate denial of access.
实施例98.根据实施例95~97任一项所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息,确定所述第二时域资源:Embodiment 98. The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 95 to 97, the processing unit is configured to use the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource and the first time domain resource in the following manner The number of time-domain resource units included, and according to time-division duplex configuration information and/or first information, determine the second time-domain resource:
根据所述起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息,确定所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数,以及确定所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数;According to the starting time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information, determine the time domain resource included in the first time domain resource The number of uplink time domain resource units, and determining the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource;
根据第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源。According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
实施例99.根据实施例98所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据所述 第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源:Embodiment 99. The communication device according to Embodiment 98, the processing unit is configured to use the following method according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the The number of special time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit determine the second time-domain resource unit Domain resource:
根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定第二值,所述第二值为所述第一值的重复次数;According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value;
根据所述第一值和所述第二值,确定所述第二时域资源。Determine the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value.
实施例100.根据实施例98或99所述的通信装置,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一值;或,所述第一值为预定义。Embodiment 100. The communication device according to embodiment 98 or 99, the first configuration information is further used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
实施例101.根据实施例98~100任一项所述的通信装置,Embodiment 101. The communication device according to any one of embodiments 98-100,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是通过所述第一配置信息配置的;或,The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的。The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
实施例102.根据实施例101所述的通信装置,所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置位于第一时域资源单元内,其中,所述第一时域资源单元是所述特殊时域资源单元,或,所述第一时域资源单元是位于所述特殊时域资源单元之后的第一个上行时域资源单元。Embodiment 102. The communication device according to embodiment 101, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in the first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special A time-domain resource unit, or, the first time-domain resource unit is the first uplink time-domain resource unit after the special time-domain resource unit.
实施例103.根据实施例95~102任一项所述的通信装置,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置。Embodiment 103. The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 95-102, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
实施例104.一种通信装置,包括处理单元和收发单元,其中,Embodiment 104. A communication device comprising a processing unit and a transceiver unit, wherein,
所述收发单元,用于向终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元,所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数为所述第一时域资源包括的第一类时域资源单元的个数;The transceiver unit is configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes multiple Time-domain resource units, the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource is the number of first-type time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource;
所述处理单元,用于根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息,确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中不可用的时域资源单元。The processing unit is configured to, according to the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and according to the time division duplex configuration information and/or the first time domain resource unit Information for determining a second time-domain resource, where the second time-domain resource is a time-domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine that the first time-domain resource cannot Time-domain resource units used.
实施例105.根据实施例104所述的通信装置,所述第一类时域资源单元包括下行时域资源单元。Embodiment 105. The communication device according to embodiment 104, the first type of time domain resource unit includes a downlink time domain resource unit.
实施例106.根据实施例104或105所述的通信装置,Embodiment 106. The communication device of Embodiment 104 or 105,
所述第一信息为下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息用于指示取消所述第一时域资源中的部分或全部时域资源单元的上行传输,或,所述下行控制信息用于指示时域资源单元格式,所述时域资源单元格式用于指示所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的格式,或,所述下行控制信息用于调度在所述第一时域资源中的部分或全部时域资源单元上发送第二传输块,且所述第二传输块的优先级高于所述第一传输块的优先级;或,The first information is downlink control information, and the downlink control information is used to indicate cancellation of uplink transmission of some or all time domain resource units in the first time domain resource, or, the downlink control information is used to indicate when Domain resource unit format, the time domain resource unit format is used to indicate the format of the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource, or the downlink control information is used to schedule in the first time domain resource Send a second transport block on some or all of the time domain resource units, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than the priority of the first transport block; or,
所述第一信息为随机接入响应,所述随机接入响应用于指示拒绝接入。The first information is a random access response, and the random access response is used to indicate denial of access.
实施例107.根据实施例104~106任一项所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息,确定所述第二时域资源:Embodiment 107. The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 104 to 106, the processing unit is configured to use the following method according to the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource and the first time domain resource The number of time-domain resource units included, and according to time-division duplex configuration information and/or first information, determine the second time-domain resource:
根据所述起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息,确定所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数,以及确定所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数;According to the starting time domain position and the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information, determine the time domain resource included in the first time domain resource The number of uplink time domain resource units, and determining the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource;
根据第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源。According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
实施例108.根据实施例107所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源:Embodiment 108. The communication device according to Embodiment 107, the processing unit is configured to use the following method according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the The number of special time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit determine the second time-domain resource unit Domain resource:
根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定第二值,所述第二值为所述第一值的重复次数;According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value;
根据所述第一值和所述第二值,确定所述第二时域资源。Determine the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value.
实施例109.根据实施例107或108所述的通信装置,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一值;或,所述第一值为预定义。Embodiment 109. The communication device according to Embodiment 107 or 108, the first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
实施例110.根据实施例107~109任一项所述的通信装置,Embodiment 110. The communication device of any one of embodiments 107-109,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是通过所述第一配置信息配置的;或,The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的。The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
实施例111.根据实施例110所述的通信装置,所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置位于第一时域资源单元内,其中,所述第一时域资源单元是所述特殊时域资源单元,或,所述第一时域资源单元是位于所述特殊时域资源单元之后的第一个上行时域资源单元。Embodiment 111. The communication device according to embodiment 110, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special A time-domain resource unit, or, the first time-domain resource unit is the first uplink time-domain resource unit after the special time-domain resource unit.
实施例112.根据实施例104~111任一项所述的通信装置,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置。Embodiment 112. The communication device according to any one of embodiments 104 to 111, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
实施例113.一种通信装置,包括处理单元和收发单元,其中,Embodiment 113. A communication device comprising a processing unit and a transceiver unit, wherein,
所述收发单元,用于从网络设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元,所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数为第二类时域资源单元的个数;The transceiver unit is configured to receive first configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes multiple Time-domain resource units, the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource is the number of second-type time-domain resource units;
所述处理单元,用于根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,或,根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及第一信息确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中不可用的时域资源单元。The processing unit is configured to determine a second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, or, according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource And the first information determines a second time domain resource, where the second time domain resource is a time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine the time domain resource in the first time domain resource Unavailable temporal resource unit.
实施例114.根据实施例113所述的通信装置,所述第二类时域资源单元包括上行时域资源单元和/或特殊时域资源单元,或者,所述第二类时域资源单元不包括下行时域资源单元。Embodiment 114. According to the communication device according to Embodiment 113, the second type of time domain resource unit includes an uplink time domain resource unit and/or a special time domain resource unit, or, the second type of time domain resource unit does not Including downlink time domain resource units.
实施例115.根据实施例113或114所述的通信装置,Embodiment 115. The communication device of embodiment 113 or 114,
所述第一信息为下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息用于指示取消所述第一时域资源中的部分或全部时域资源单元的上行传输,或,所述下行控制信息用于指示时域资源单元格 式,所述时域资源单元格式用于指示所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的格式,或,所述下行控制信息用于调度在所述第一时域资源中的部分或全部时域资源单元上发送第二传输块,且所述第二传输块的优先级高于所述第一传输块的优先级;或,The first information is downlink control information, and the downlink control information is used to indicate cancellation of uplink transmission of some or all time domain resource units in the first time domain resource, or, the downlink control information is used to indicate when Domain resource unit format, the time domain resource unit format is used to indicate the format of the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource, or the downlink control information is used to schedule in the first time domain resource Send a second transport block on some or all of the time domain resource units, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than the priority of the first transport block; or,
所述第一信息为随机接入响应,所述随机接入响应用于指示拒绝接入;或,The first information is a random access response, and the random access response is used to indicate denial of access; or,
所述第一信息为TDD配置信息,所述TDD配置信息用于指示上行时域资源单元、下行时域资源单元以及特殊时域资源单元的配置比例。The first information is TDD configuration information, and the TDD configuration information is used to indicate configuration ratios of uplink time domain resource units, downlink time domain resource units, and special time domain resource units.
实施例116.根据实施例113~115任一项所述的通信装置,当终端设备在多个时域资源单元上传输时,所述收发单元还用于不调度动态信令,所述动态信令用于使得所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元和/或特殊时域资源单元不可用。Embodiment 116. According to the communication device described in any one of Embodiments 113 to 115, when the terminal device transmits on multiple time domain resource units, the transceiver unit is further configured not to schedule dynamic signaling, and the dynamic signaling making the uplink time domain resource unit and/or the special time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource unavailable.
实施例117.根据实施例113~116任一项所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源:Embodiment 117. The communication device according to any one of embodiments 113 to 116, the processing unit is configured to determine the second time domain according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource in the following manner resource:
根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数,以及确定所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数;Determine the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and determine the special time domain included in the first time domain resource The number of resource units;
根据第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源。According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
实施例118.根据实施例113~117任一项所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以第一信息确定第二时域资源:Embodiment 118. The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 113 to 117, the processing unit is configured to determine according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource with the first information in the following manner: Second time domain resources:
根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及所述第一信息,确定所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数,以及确定所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数;According to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information, determine the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and determine the first time domain resource unit The number of special time-domain resource units included in the domain resource;
根据第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源。According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
实施例119.根据实施例117或118所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源:Embodiment 119. The communication device according to embodiment 117 or 118, the processing unit is configured to use the following method according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, The number of special time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit determine the second Two time domain resources:
根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定第二值,所述第二值为所述第一值的重复次数;According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value;
根据所述第一值和所述第二值,确定所述第二时域资源。Determine the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value.
实施例120.根据实施例118或119所述的通信装置,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一值;或,所述第一值为预定义。Embodiment 120. The communication device according to embodiment 118 or 119, the first configuration information is further used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
实施例121.根据实施例117~120任一项所述的通信装置,Embodiment 121. The communication device of any one of embodiments 117-120,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是通过所述第一配置信息配置的;或,The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的。The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
实施例122.根据实施例121所述的通信装置,所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置位于 第一时域资源单元内,其中,所述第一时域资源单元是所述特殊时域资源单元,或,所述第一时域资源单元是位于所述特殊时域资源单元之后的第一个上行时域资源单元。Embodiment 122. The communication device according to embodiment 121, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special A time-domain resource unit, or, the first time-domain resource unit is the first uplink time-domain resource unit after the special time-domain resource unit.
实施例123.根据实施例113~122任一项所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及第一信息确定第二时域资源:Embodiment 123. The communication device according to any one of embodiments 113-122, the processing unit is configured to determine according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information in the following manner Second time domain resources:
根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数排除n之后的取值确定第二时域资源,其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中的n个时域资源单元不可用;或,Determine the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource after excluding n, where the first information is used to determine n in the first time domain resource time-domain resource units are unavailable; or,
根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,其中,所述第一时域资源不包括第二时域资源单元,以及包括第三时域资源单元,所述第二时域资源单元以及所述第三时域资源单元包括的时域资源单元的个数均为n,所述第二时域资源单元是根据所述第一信息确定的不可用的时域资源单元,所述第三时域资源单元位于所述第二时域资源之后。Determine the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, wherein the first time domain resource does not include the second time domain resource unit and includes the third time domain resource unit , the number of time domain resource units included in the second time domain resource unit and the third time domain resource unit is n, and the second time domain resource unit is unavailable determined according to the first information time-domain resource units, the third time-domain resource unit is located after the second time-domain resource.
实施例124.根据实施例113~123任一项所述的通信装置,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置。Embodiment 124. The communication device according to any one of embodiments 113 to 123, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
实施例125.一种通信装置,包括处理单元和收发单元,其中,Embodiment 125. A communication device comprising a processing unit and a transceiver unit, wherein,
所述收发单元,用于向终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元,所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数为第二类时域资源单元的个数;The transceiver unit is configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes multiple Time-domain resource units, the number of time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource is the number of second-type time-domain resource units;
所述处理单元,用于根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,或,根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及第一信息确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中不可用的时域资源单元。The processing unit is configured to determine a second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, or, according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource And the first information determines a second time domain resource, where the second time domain resource is a time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent, wherein the first information is used to determine the time domain resource in the first time domain resource Unavailable temporal resource unit.
实施例126.根据实施例125所述的通信装置,所述第二类时域资源单元包括上行时域资源单元和/或特殊时域资源单元,或者,所述第二类时域资源单元不包括下行时域资源单元。Embodiment 126. According to the communication device according to Embodiment 125, the second type of time domain resource unit includes an uplink time domain resource unit and/or a special time domain resource unit, or, the second type of time domain resource unit does not Including downlink time domain resource units.
实施例127.根据实施例125或126所述的通信装置,Embodiment 127. The communication device of embodiment 125 or 126,
所述第一信息为下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息用于指示取消所述第一时域资源中的部分或全部时域资源单元的上行传输,或,所述下行控制信息用于指示时域资源单元格式,所述时域资源单元格式用于指示所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的格式,或,所述下行控制信息用于调度在所述第一时域资源中的部分或全部时域资源单元上发送第二传输块,且所述第二传输块的优先级高于所述第一传输块的优先级;或,The first information is downlink control information, and the downlink control information is used to indicate cancellation of uplink transmission of some or all time domain resource units in the first time domain resource, or, the downlink control information is used to indicate when Domain resource unit format, the time domain resource unit format is used to indicate the format of the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource, or the downlink control information is used to schedule in the first time domain resource Send a second transport block on some or all of the time domain resource units, and the priority of the second transport block is higher than the priority of the first transport block; or,
所述第一信息为随机接入响应,所述随机接入响应用于指示拒绝接入;或,The first information is a random access response, and the random access response is used to indicate denial of access; or,
所述第一信息为TDD配置信息,所述TDD配置信息用于指示上行时域资源单元、下行时域资源单元以及特殊时域资源单元的配置比例。The first information is TDD configuration information, and the TDD configuration information is used to indicate configuration ratios of uplink time domain resource units, downlink time domain resource units, and special time domain resource units.
实施例128.根据实施例125~127任一项所述的通信装置,当终端设备在多个时域资源单元上传输时,所述收发单元还用于不调度动态信令,所述动态信令用于使得所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元和/或特殊时域资源单元不可用。Embodiment 128. According to the communication device according to any one of Embodiments 125-127, when the terminal equipment transmits on multiple time domain resource units, the transceiver unit is further configured not to schedule dynamic signaling, and the dynamic signaling making the uplink time domain resource unit and/or the special time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource unavailable.
实施例129.根据实施例125~128任一项所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源:Embodiment 129. The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 125 to 128, the processing unit is configured to determine the second time domain according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource in the following manner resource:
根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数,以及确定所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数;Determine the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and determine the special time domain included in the first time domain resource The number of resource units;
根据第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源。According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
实施例130.根据实施例125~128任一项所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以第一信息确定第二时域资源:Embodiment 130. The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 125 to 128, the processing unit is configured to determine according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource with the first information in the following manner Second time domain resources:
根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及所述第一信息,确定所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数,以及确定所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数;According to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information, determine the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and determine the first time domain resource unit The number of special time-domain resource units included in the domain resource;
根据第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源。According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block determines the second time-domain resource.
实施例131.根据实施例129或130所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源:Embodiment 131. The communication device according to embodiment 129 or 130, the processing unit is configured to use the following method according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, The number of special time-domain resource units included in the first time-domain resource and the number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit determine the second Two time domain resources:
根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定第二值,所述第二值为所述第一值的重复次数;According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value;
根据所述第一值和所述第二值,确定所述第二时域资源。Determine the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value.
实施例132.根据实施例130或131所述的通信装置,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一值;或,所述第一值为预定义。Embodiment 132. The communication device according to Embodiment 130 or 131, the first configuration information is further used to configure the first value; or, the first value is predefined.
实施例133.根据实施例129~132任一项所述的通信装置,Embodiment 133. The communication device of any one of embodiments 129-132,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是通过所述第一配置信息配置的;或,The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的。The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
实施例134.根据实施例133所述的通信装置,所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置位于第一时域资源单元内,其中,所述第一时域资源单元是所述特殊时域资源单元,或,所述第一时域资源单元是位于所述特殊时域资源单元之后的第一个上行时域资源单元。Embodiment 134. The communication device according to embodiment 133, the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special A time-domain resource unit, or, the first time-domain resource unit is the first uplink time-domain resource unit after the special time-domain resource unit.
实施例135.根据实施例125~134任一项所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及第一信息确定第二时域资源:Embodiment 135. The communication device according to any one of embodiments 125-134, the processing unit is configured to determine according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and the first information in the following manner Second time domain resources:
根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数排除n之后的取值确定第二时域资源,其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中的n个时域资源单元不可用;或,Determine the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource after excluding n, where the first information is used to determine n in the first time domain resource time-domain resource units are unavailable; or,
根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,其中,所述第一时域资源不包括第二时域资源单元,以及包括第三时域资源单元,所述第二时域资源单元以及所述第三时域资源单元包括的时域资源单元的个数均为n,所述第二时域资源单元是根据所述第一信息确定的不可用的时域资源单元,所述第三时域资源单元位于所述第二时域资源之后。Determine the second time domain resource according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, wherein the first time domain resource does not include the second time domain resource unit and includes the third time domain resource unit , the number of time domain resource units included in the second time domain resource unit and the third time domain resource unit is n, and the second time domain resource unit is unavailable determined according to the first information time-domain resource units, the third time-domain resource unit is located after the second time-domain resource.
实施例136.根据实施例125~135任一项所述的通信装置,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置。Embodiment 136. The communication device according to any one of embodiments 125 to 135, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
实施例137.一种通信装置,包括处理单元和收发单元,其中,Embodiment 137. A communication device comprising a processing unit and a transceiving unit, wherein,
所述收发单元,用于从网络设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元;The transceiver unit is configured to receive first configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes multiple time domain resource unit;
所述处理单元,用于根据第二信息以及第三值确定待发送的第一传输块占用的第二时域资源,所述第二信息为所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,或,所述第二信息是根据第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的取值,所述第三值大于1。The processing unit is configured to determine a second time domain resource occupied by the first transport block to be sent according to the second information and the third value, the second information being the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource or, the second information is a value determined according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, the The third value is greater than one.
实施例138.根据实施例137所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据第二信息以及第三值确定待发送的第一传输块占用的第二时域资源:Embodiment 138. The communication device according to embodiment 137, the processing unit is configured to determine the second time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent according to the second information and the third value in the following manner:
根据所述第二信息以及所述第三值确定第二值,所述第二值为分配给PUSCH的子时域资源单元的个数的重复次数;Determine a second value according to the second information and the third value, where the second value is the number of repetitions of the number of sub-time domain resource units allocated to PUSCH;
根据所述第三值和所述第二值确定所述第二时域资源。Determine the second time domain resource according to the third value and the second value.
实施例139.根据实施例138所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据所述第三值和所述第二值确定所述第二时域资源:所述第二时域资源满足如下关系:Embodiment 139. The communication device according to embodiment 138, the processing unit is configured to determine the second time domain resource according to the third value and the second value in the following manner: the second time domain Resources satisfy the following relationship:
H=A/a,H=A/a,
其中,H表示第一值的重复次数,所述第一值为分配给PUSCH的子时域资源单元的个数,A表示所述第二值,a表示所述第三值。Wherein, H represents the number of repetitions of the first value, the first value is the number of sub-time domain resource units allocated to the PUSCH, A represents the second value, and a represents the third value.
实施例140.根据实施例137~139任一项所述的通信装置,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置。Embodiment 140. The communication device according to any one of embodiments 137-139, the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
实施例141.一种通信装置,包括处理单元和收发单元,其中,Embodiment 141. A communication device comprising a processing unit and a transceiving unit, wherein,
所述收发单元,用于向终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元;The transceiver unit is configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource includes multiple time domain resource unit;
所述处理单元,用于根据第二信息以及第三值确定待发送的第一传输块占用的第二时域资源,所述第二信息为所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,或,所述第二信息是根据第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的取值,所述第三值大于1。The processing unit is configured to determine a second time domain resource occupied by the first transport block to be sent according to the second information and the third value, the second information being the time domain resource unit included in the first time domain resource or, the second information is a value determined according to the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the initial time domain position of the first time domain resource, the The third value is greater than one.
实施例142.根据实施例141所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据第二信息以及第三值确定待发送的第一传输块占用的第二时域资源:Embodiment 142. The communication device according to embodiment 141, the processing unit is configured to determine the second time domain resource occupied by the first transmission block to be sent according to the second information and the third value in the following manner:
根据所述第二信息以及所述第三值确定第二值,所述第二值为第一值的重复次数,所述第一值为分配给PUSCH的子时域资源单元的个数的重复次数;Determine a second value according to the second information and the third value, the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value, and the first value is the repetition of the number of sub-time domain resource units allocated to PUSCH frequency;
根据所述第二值和所述第一值确定所述第二时域资源。Determine the second time domain resource according to the second value and the first value.
实施例143.根据实施例142所述的通信装置,所述处理单元用于通过如下方式根据所述第二信息以及所述第三值确定第二值:所述第二值满足如下关系:Embodiment 143. The communication device according to embodiment 142, the processing unit is configured to determine a second value according to the second information and the third value in the following manner: the second value satisfies the following relationship:
H=A/a,H=A/a,
其中,H表示所述第二值,A表示所述第二信息,a表示所述第三值。Wherein, H represents the second value, A represents the second information, and a represents the third value.
实施例144.根据实施例141~143任一项所述的通信装置,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置。Embodiment 144. The communication device according to any one of embodiments 141 to 143, wherein the first configuration information is further used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
实施例145.一种装置,包含用于执行本申请任一实施例所介绍的方法的单元。Embodiment 145. An apparatus comprising means for performing the method described in any embodiment of the present application.
实施例146.一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如实施例1~11中任一项所述的方法,或 使得所述计算机执行如实施例12~22中任一项所述的方法,或使得所述计算机执行如实施例23~31中任一项所述的方法,或使得所述计算机执行如实施例32~40中任一项所述的方法,或使得所述计算机执行如实施例41~52中任一项所述的方法,或使得所述计算机执行如实施例53~64中任一项所述的方法,或使得所述计算机执行如实施例65~68中任一项所述的方法,或使得所述计算机执行如实施例69~72中任一项所述的方法。Embodiment 146. A computer program product, the computer program product comprising a computer program, when the computer program is run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method according to any one of embodiments 1-11, Or make the computer execute the method as described in any one of Embodiments 12-22, or make the computer execute the method described in any one of Embodiments 23-31, or make the computer execute the method described in any one of Embodiments 23-31. The method described in any one of Examples 32-40, or causing the computer to execute the method described in any one of Embodiments 41-52, or causing the computer to execute any one of Embodiments 53-64 In the method, the computer is made to execute the method in any one of Embodiments 65-68, or the computer is made to execute the method in any one of Embodiments 69-72.

Claims (26)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于终端设备,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a terminal device, the method comprising:
    从网络设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元;receiving first configuration information from a network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in a first time domain resource, where the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resource units;
    根据所述第一值以及所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,所述第一时域资源包括一个或多个特殊时域资源单元,所述第一值为分配给PUSCH的子时域资源单元的个数。Determine a second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, where the second time domain resource is the time domain occupied by the first transport block to be sent resources, the first time domain resource includes one or more special time domain resource units, and the first value is the number of sub-time domain resource units allocated to the PUSCH.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一值大于14。The method of claim 1, wherein the first value is greater than fourteen.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述第一值以及所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein determining the second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource includes:
    根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源。According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines the second time-domain resource.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源,包括:The method according to claim 3, characterized in that according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain included in the first time domain resource The number of resource units and the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit determine the second time domain resource, including:
    根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定第二值,所述第二值为所述第一值的重复次数;According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value;
    根据所述第一值和所述第二值,确定所述第二时域资源。Determine the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value.
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that,
    所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息确定的;或,The number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is based on the starting time domain position and the The number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is determined according to the time division duplex configuration information and/or the first information; or,
    所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定的;或,The number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units; or,
    所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及第一信息确定的;The number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units and the first information;
    其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中不可用的时域资源单元。Wherein, the first information is used to determine unavailable time domain resource units in the first time domain resource.
  6. 根据权利要求1~5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that,
    所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一值;或,The first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or,
    所述第一值为预定义。The first value is predefined.
  7. 根据权利要求1~6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1-6, characterized in that,
    所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是通过所述第一配置信息配置的;或,The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
    所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的。The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置位于第一时域资源单元内,其中,所述第一时域资源单元是所述特殊时域资源单元,或,所述第一时域资源单元是位于所述特殊时域资源单元之后的第一个上行时域资源单元。The method according to claim 7, wherein the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special time domain resource unit domain resource unit, or, the first time domain resource unit is the first uplink time domain resource unit after the special time domain resource unit.
  9. 根据权利要求1、3~8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一值小于或等于14。The method according to any one of claims 1, 3-8, characterized in that the first value is less than or equal to 14.
  10. 根据权利要求1~9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置。The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the first configuration information is also used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  11. 根据权利要求1~10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时域资源单元为时隙,所述子时域资源单元为符号,所述特殊时域资源单元为特殊时隙。The method according to any one of claims 1-10, wherein the first time-domain resource unit is a time slot, the sub-time-domain resource unit is a symbol, and the special time-domain resource unit is a special time domain resource unit. Gap.
  12. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于网络设备,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a network device, the method comprising:
    向终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,所述第一时域资源包括多个时域资源单元;Sending first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to configure the number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, where the first time domain resource includes a plurality of time domain resource units;
    根据所述第一值以及所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源为待发送的第一传输块占用的时域资源,所述第一时域资源包括一个或多个特殊时域资源单元,所述第一值为分配给PUSCH的子时域资源单元的个数。Determine a second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, where the second time domain resource is the time domain occupied by the first transport block to be sent resources, the first time domain resource includes one or more special time domain resource units, and the first value is the number of sub-time domain resource units allocated to the PUSCH.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一值大于14。The method of claim 12, wherein the first value is greater than fourteen.
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述第一值以及所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数确定第二时域资源,包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein determining the second time domain resource according to the first value and the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource includes:
    根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源。According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines the second time-domain resource.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定所述第二时域资源,包括:The method according to claim 14, characterized in that, according to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain included in the first time domain resource The number of resource units and the number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit determine the second time domain resource, including:
    根据所述第一值、所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数、所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数、以及所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,确定第二值,所述第二值为所述第一值的重复次数;According to the first value, the number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource, and the special time domain resource The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the unit determines a second value, and the second value is the number of repetitions of the first value;
    根据所述第一值和所述第二值,确定所述第二时域资源。Determine the second time domain resource according to the first value and the second value.
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 14 or 15, characterized in that,
    所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述起始时域位置和所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数,以及根据时分双工配置信息和/或第一信息确定的;或,The number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is based on the starting time domain position and the The number of time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource is determined according to time division duplex configuration information and/or first information; or,
    所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数确定的;或,The number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units; or,
    所述第一时域资源包括的上行时域资源单元的个数和/或所述第一时域资源包括的特殊时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源包括的时域资源单元的个数以及第一信息确定的;The number of uplink time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource and/or the number of special time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource are based on the time domain resource units included in the first time domain resource. determined by the number of domain resource units and the first information;
    其中,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一时域资源中不可用的时域资源单元。Wherein, the first information is used to determine unavailable time domain resource units in the first time domain resource.
  17. 根据权利要求12~16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 12-16, characterized in that,
    所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一值;或,The first configuration information is also used to configure the first value; or,
    所述第一值为预定义。The first value is predefined.
  18. 根据权利要求12~17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 12-17, characterized in that,
    所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是通过所述第一配置信息配置的;或,The number of sub-time domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time domain resource unit is configured through the first configuration information; or,
    所述特殊时域资源单元内用于承载所述第一传输块的子时域资源单元的个数,是根据所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置确定的。The number of sub-time-domain resource units used to carry the first transport block in the special time-domain resource unit is determined according to the starting time-domain position of the first time-domain resource.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置位于第一时域资源单元内,其中,所述第一时域资源单元是所述特殊时域资源单元,或,所述第一时域资源单元是位于所述特殊时域资源单元之后的第一个上行时域资源单元。The method according to claim 18, wherein the starting time domain position of the first time domain resource is located in a first time domain resource unit, wherein the first time domain resource unit is the special time domain resource unit domain resource unit, or, the first time domain resource unit is the first uplink time domain resource unit after the special time domain resource unit.
  20. 根据权利要求12、14~19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一值小于或等于14。The method according to any one of claims 12, 14-19, wherein the first value is less than or equal to 14.
  21. 根据权利要求12~20任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息还用于配置所述第一时域资源的起始时域位置。The method according to any one of claims 12-20, wherein the first configuration information is also used to configure a starting time domain position of the first time domain resource.
  22. 根据权利要求12~21任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时域资源单元为时隙,所述子时域资源单元为符号,所述特殊时域资源单元为特殊时隙。The method according to any one of claims 12-21, wherein the first time domain resource unit is a time slot, the sub-time domain resource unit is a symbol, and the special time domain resource unit is a special time domain resource unit. Gap.
  23. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it includes:
    一个或多个处理器;one or more processors;
    一个或多个存储器;one or more memories;
    以及一个或多个计算机程序,其中所述一个或多个计算机程序被存储在所述一个或多个存储器中,所述一个或多个计算机程序包括指令,当所述指令被所述通信设备的一个或多个处理器执行时,使得所述通信设备执行如权利要求1~11中任一项所述的方法。and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the one or more memories, the one or more computer programs comprising instructions, when the instructions are executed by the communication device When executed by one or more processors, the communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 1-11.
  24. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it includes:
    一个或多个处理器;one or more processors;
    一个或多个存储器;one or more memories;
    以及一个或多个计算机程序,其中所述一个或多个计算机程序被存储在所述一个或多个存储器中,所述一个或多个计算机程序包括指令,当所述指令被所述通信设备的一个或多个处理器执行时,使得所述通信设备执行如权利要求12~22中任一项所述的方法。and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the one or more memories, the one or more computer programs comprising instructions, when the instructions are executed by the communication device When executed by one or more processors, the communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 12-22.
  25. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1~11中任一项所述的方法,或使得所述计算机执行如权利要求12~22中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer executes any one of claims 1-11. The method described in claim 1, or causing the computer to execute the method described in any one of claims 12-22.
  26. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括一个或多个处理器和通信接口,所述一个或多个处理器用于读取指令,以执行如权利要求1~11中任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求12~22中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that it includes one or more processors and a communication interface, and the one or more processors are used to read instructions to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-11, or Performing the method as claimed in any one of claims 12-22.
PCT/CN2022/102869 2021-07-09 2022-06-30 Communication method and device WO2023280047A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110776637.X 2021-07-09
CN202110776637 2021-07-09
CN202110879228.2A CN115604834A (en) 2021-07-09 2021-08-02 Communication method and device
CN202110879228.2 2021-08-02

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023280047A1 true WO2023280047A1 (en) 2023-01-12

Family

ID=84800898

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/102869 WO2023280047A1 (en) 2021-07-09 2022-06-30 Communication method and device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023280047A1 (en)

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020029256A1 (en) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-13 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Data transmission method, terminal device, and network device

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020029256A1 (en) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-13 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Data transmission method, terminal device, and network device

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CMCC: "Discussion on TB processing over multi-slot PUSCH", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2104626, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20210510 - 20210527, 11 May 2021 (2021-05-11), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP052006260 *
ERICSSON: "TB Processing over Multi-Slot PUSCH", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2103445, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20210412 - 20210420, 7 April 2021 (2021-04-07), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP052178175 *
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Discussion on TB processing over multi-slot PUSCH", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2106496, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. E-meeting; 20210816 - 20210827, 7 August 2021 (2021-08-07), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP052037824 *
MEDIATEK INC.: "Discussion on TB Processing over multi-slot PUSCH", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2105968, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20210519 - 20210527, 17 May 2021 (2021-05-17), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP052011823 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3883142B1 (en) Sidelink communication method and terminal device
WO2020143732A1 (en) Feedback channel transmitting method, feedback channel receiving method, and apparatus
CN110268765B (en) Method for skipping uplink transmission and apparatus therefor
EP3866368A1 (en) Harq design for wireless communications
JP7262591B2 (en) Wireless communication method and device
CN112075113B (en) Resource allocation method, device, communication equipment and storage medium
JP2022541487A (en) Information indication, decision method and device, communication device and storage medium
CN110868277B (en) Signal transmission method, related device and system
CN110730513B (en) Communication method and device
WO2019137221A1 (en) Uplink data transmission method and device
WO2019029463A1 (en) Method and device for receiving control information and sending control information
CN111757470B (en) Resource allocation method and communication device
CN114175538A (en) Method and apparatus for enhanced DAI
WO2023280047A1 (en) Communication method and device
CN112399574B (en) Wireless communication method and device and communication equipment
CN115004828A (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2022237629A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus
CN115604834A (en) Communication method and device
WO2024067617A1 (en) Resource configuration method and apparatus
CN116193595B (en) Signal transmitting method, signal receiving method and communication device
CN113544977B (en) Data transmission method, device, communication equipment and storage medium
EP4231713A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023125156A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023138387A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and storage medium and program product
US20230403687A1 (en) Communication Method and Apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22836800

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE